The passion and joy in seeking out – and finding – the
exceptional, the fine and sometimes the simple, too, are
emotions which many of us share.
We’d like to pass on to you our enthusiasm for things
which are simply good and beautiful. The things which
we would love to buy for ourselves, and which you
would for yourselves. In short we call this: well chosen.
L. to r.: Axel, Kurt, Moritz and Max Stürken
We’re pleased to present the 2010 catalogue and
are convinced that all items in it satisfy the claim
”well chosen”, although we should point out that
we’re not dogmatic when choosing items for our
We look forward to hearing your feedback!
Axel Stürken Max Stürken Moritz Stürken
P.S. If we have convinced you, please also visit our online
shop at www.torquato.co.uk. It has over 3,000 items on
Tableware & Kitchenware 04-33
House & Home 34-45
Bath & Bodycare 46-55
Luggage, Accessories &
Paper & Office 68-75
Shoes & Clothing 76-89
For Children & Toys 90-97
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
from La Rochère
The La Rochère glassware stems from
one of the oldest glass manufacturers in
France and the oldest one which is still
in production today. This thick and
sturdy glass series bears the heraldic
animal of the Bonaparte dynasty: the
bee. These glasses are hand-blown in
a wooden form. The thin edge which
results from this process is not a
mistake; it is indeed a characteristic of
1 Bee Glass Bowl
For milky coffee, muesli or fresh fruit salad. 600 ml.
Height 8 cm, diameter 13.5 cm.
item no. 100822 £ 4.40
2 Bee Carafe
650 ml, height 22 cm.
item no. 101268 £ 9.99
3 Bee Glass Carafe
Handblown, easily recognisable by the elegant form
and the price. 850 ml, 27.7 cm tall.
item no. 100742 £ 29.00
4 6 Bee Wine Goblets
130 ml, height 14.1 cm.
item no. 102652 £ 25.00
5 Tall Bee Tumbler
200 ml, height 14 cm.
item no. 101264 £ 4.20
6 The Evergreen: 6 Bee Tumblers
170 ml, height 10.3 cm.
item no. 101211 £ 22.90 for 6 tumblers
10 6 Picardie Glasses
The classic from France. You can’t imagine a French
bistro or brasserie without these robust glasses. They
are highly shatterproof, dishwasher safe and heatresistant,
so that even hot drinks can be served in them.
250 ml item no. 103504 £ 11.90
160 ml item no. 103503 £ 9.50
11 For reactionaries: Fleur de Lys Glasses
These bear the Bourbon fleur de lys.
6 Fleur de Lys Tumblers
170 ml, height 10.3 cm.
item no. 101807 £ 22.90 for 6 tumblers
Tall Fleur de Lys Tumbler
200 ml, height 14 cm.
item no. 101808 £ 4.20
7 Bee Glass Mug
For coffee, tea or cold drinks. 260 ml, height
item no. 101267 £ 4.80
8 6 Bee Egg Cups
For eggs, marmalade, amuse-bouche or liqueur.
60 ml, height 6.5 cm.
item no. 101265 £ 15.90 for 6 egg cups
9 Bee Glass Plates
Plate 32 cm diameter.
As a result of its size, it can also be used as a dinner
plate, a cake serving dish or a serving plate.
item no. 101266 £ 11.90
Plate 25 cm (not shown)
item no. 101398 £ 5.90
Small Plate 19 cm (not shown)
item no. 104753 £ 4.00
well ausgesucht chosen.
Antoine: hand-blown crystal glass
The glasses in the “Antoine“ series assume the
old French style of glass, which is otherwise
only found in antique shops. The hand-blown
crystal glasses are shaped by hand. Crystal glass
contains at least 10% lead oxide which gives it
a particularly polished surface as well as high
1 Antoine Tumbler
This glass has recently been added to the series.
We had it made especially for our customers.
Height 9.5 cm, diameter 9.5 cm, volume 200 ml.
item no. 104289 £ 15.90
2 Antoine White Wine Glass
The glass size is also ideal for sherry, port or
sweet wine. Height 12.2 cm, diameter 6.5 cm,
volume 60 ml.
item no. 100744 £ 16.90
3 Antoine Red Wine Glass
Also suitable for white wine. Height 13.5 cm,
diameter 7 cm, volume 80 ml.
item no. 100745 £ 17.90
4 Antoine Tumbler
Also suitable for red wine. Height 14.4 cm,
diameter 8.5 cm, volume 140 ml.
item no. 100746 £ 18.90
5 Antoine Champagne Glass
Height 16.6 cm, volume 90 ml.
item no. 100747 £ 19.90
Antoine Facette: hand-blown crystal glass with faceting
This series follows the same basic style as for “Antoine“. However, it differs
with the elaborate faceting carried out by hand at the end of the manufacturing
process. As regards materials used and sizes, the glasses are identical to the
glasses without faceting.
6 Antoine Facette Tumbler item no. 104290 £ 32.00
7 Antoine Facette White Wine Glass item no. 103125 £ 33.00
8 Antoine Facette Red Wine Glass item no. 103127 £ 34.00
9 Antoine Facette Tumbler item no. 103126 £ 36.00
10 Antoine Facette Champagne Glass item no. 103128 £ 38.00
Glassware from France for everyday use
Glasses with a classic faceted cut look made of
heavy-duty and durable glass.
11 3 Mirabeau Champagne Goblets
Height 17.5 cm, diameter 6 cm, volume 80 ml.
item no. 104432 £ 12.95 for 3 goblets
12 3 Mirabeau Red Wine Goblets
Height 15.8 cm, diameter 8.4 cm, volume 130 ml.
item no. 104126 £ 12.95 for 3 goblets
13 3 Mirabeau White Wine Goblets
Height 14.3 cm, diameter 8.4 cm, volume 80 ml.
item no. 104789 £ 10.95 for 3 goblets
14 6 Mirabeau Tumblers
Height 9 cm, diameter 8 cm, volume 200 ml.
item no. 106875 £ 12.95 for 6 tumblers
Versailles: everyday glassware with shell motif by La Rochère
This series is modelled on the Baroque style with motifs featuring shells and
garlands. Heavy-duty glass which is perfect for everyday use.
15 6 Versailles Tumblers
(170 ml, height 20 cm) item no. 101927 £ 22.90 for 6 tumblers
16 6 Versailles White Wine Glasses
(80 ml, height 13.5 cm) item no. 101928 £ 24.00 for 6 glasses
17 6 Versailles Red Wine Glasses
(170 ml, height 16.5 cm) item no. 101929 £ 28.00 for 6 glasses
18 Versailles Carafe
(650 ml, height 22.5 cm) item no. 101930 £ 9.99
1 2 3 4 5
7 8 9 10
11 12 13 14
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
5 Cow Milk Bottle
Use for fresh milk delivered directly from the farmyard,
or else to replace the cardboard carton. Inscription on
reverse of bottle “ABSOLUTELY PURE MILK”. Volume
1 litre. Height 26.5 cm, diameter 9 cm. Weight 1 kg.
item no. 101336 £ 4.90
6 Cow Milk Glasses
Glasses made from robust recycled glass. Volume 330 ml.
Height 12.5 cm, diameter 7.7 cm, weight 230 g.
item no. 101335 £ 12.99 for set of 6
7 Budelle carafes from La Rochère
These carafes, with their thick base but nonetheless elegant
shape, were designed for restaurant use, so they
come with a calibration mark.
Budelle carafe 0.25 l, height 20 cm, diameter 6 cm.
item no. 103130 £ 6.90
Budelle carafe 0.5 l, height 23.5 cm, diameter 8 cm.
item no. 103131 £ 10.90
Budelle carafe 1 l, height 28.5 cm, diameter 9.5 cm.
item no. 103129 £ 30.90
8 Bedside Bottle
All the research shows that the UK’s drinking water is
every bit as good as mineral water. This carafe can be
filled with tap water, mineral water, fruit juice or other
drinks, ready for use on a bedside table, desk or podium.
The glass can be used as a lid as well as to drink
from. Volume 0.9 l, 24 cm. Made in Spain using 100%
item no. 101279 £ 11.90
9 Rosendahl Carafe with 2 Glasses
This carafe, a modern classic with its four vertical
grooves and the matt stainless steel collar, was created
by the Danish designer Eric Bagger. Like the two glasses
which are also included, it is made of thick glass. Carafe:
height 24 cm, volume 0.9 l, weight 890 g. Glasses: height
10.2 cm, volume 175 ml, weight 250 g.
item no. 102760 £ 34.90
American glasses from Anchor Hocking
New Orleans, the city of jazz and Mardi Gras, was the inspiration for this range
of glassware, which in America is almost as popular as a trip to the southern
states heartland. Like most glasses from Anchor Hocking, this glass is "rim-tempered".
By targeted heating and cooling, the rim, which in every glass is the
most fragile part, is additionally toughened, so that the life of the glass is considerably
prolonged. From Ohio, USA.
1 New Orleans Glass 296 ml
Height 12 cm, diameter 7.5 cm.
Weight 362 g.
item no. 100515 £ 3.90
2 New Orleans Glass 355 ml
Height 14.5 cm, diameter 7.5 cm.
Weight 402 g.
item no. 100517 £ 4.50
10 Jena Glass Jugs
Elegantly simple jugs made from heatproof borosilicate
glass, which makes it ideally suited for both cold (orange
juice with ice) and hot (hot elderberry juice)
drinks, without any risk of damage.
Jena Glass Jug 1 litre
Height 18.5 cm, Ø 11 cm.
item no. 107352 £ 19.90
Jena Glass Jug 1.5 litres
Height 27 cm, Ø 10,4 cm
item no. 107353 £ 24.90
11 Italian Wine Carafe
Made from thick, solid glass. 0.5 l, height 23.3 cm,
weight 600 g.
item no. 100146 £ 3.90
1 l, height 26.3 cm, weight 836 g.
item no. 100147 £ 4.90
3 New Orleans Glass 474 ml
Height 16 cm, diameter 8 cm.
Weight 480 g.
item no. 100519 £ 5.90
4 New Orleans Glass 651 ml
Height 17.5 cm (!), diameter 9 cm.
Weight 644 g.
item no. 100520 £ 6.50
Kwarx®: practically unbreakable
Through extensive research, Kwarx® was developed as a new material for
making glasses for top-quality restaurants. It is said to be extremely resilient
and does not cloud up even after several hundred washes in a dishwasher. In
addition, it is said to be as clear and shiny as cut glass and completely colourless,
so it does not detract from the colour of the wine. In collaboration with
the Union de la Sommellerie Française, Kwarx® was developed and demonstrated
all these qualities. Its resilience is striking.
2 Kwarx® Tumblers
These glasses have all the same excellent qualities as our
Height Capacity Item no. Set of 6
Tumbler 20 cl 8,5 cm 150 ml 105966 £ 21.90
Tumbler 30 cl 9,7 cm 240 ml 105967 £ 34.90
Long Drink Glass 33 cl 15,9 cm 290 ml 105968 £ 34.90
3 Oxford Water Glasses
These classics were unavailable for some time. However,
the traditional Italian manufacturer Bormioli Rocco,
founded in 1825, continues to make the glasses, so we
now have them imported especially for us. 3 glasses in
classic facet-cut effect in robust practical glass.
3 Oxford Water glasses 17 cl, height 7 cm, diameter
item no. 105517 £ 4.90
3 Oxford Water Glasses 23.5 cl, height 8.8 cm, diameter
item no. 100982 £ 5.90
4 Imperial Water Glasses
These heavy-duty glass tumblers for everyday use were
very much part of the furniture in many households in
the Seventies. This household item is still manufactured
today by Ruhrglas, and has not lost anything of its classic
250 ml, height 10 cm, diameter 8 cm
item no. 104114 £ 9.95 for 6 pieces
5 Long Drink Glass Basic from Anchor Hocking
Everyday glassware from America: basic glass, 474 ml.
The typical American beer glass. Rim-tempered. Height
15 cm, diameter 8.5 cm. Weight 470 g. From Ohio, USA.
item no. 100522 £ 4.90
6 American Beer Pitcher from Anchor Hocking
Capacity 1.8 l, Height 22.5 cm, diameter 14.5 cm.
Weight 1.9 kg.
item no. 100528 £ 12.90
4 5 6
While the “Tulip” glasses are just as suited to red as white wine, the shape of the
“Balloon” glasses is primarily suited to pinot noir and other very full-bodied red wines.
Height Capacity Item no. Set of 6
Tulip Wine Glass 35 cl 20.5 cm 300 ml 107362 £ 24.90
Tulip Wine Glass 47 cl 22.0 cm 400 ml 107361 £ 28.90
Tulip Wine Glass 75 cl 25.5 cm 700 ml 107360 £ 39.90
Balloon Wine Glass 47 cl 19.5 cm 400 ml 107359 £ 29.90
Balloon Wine Glass 70 cl 22.0 cm 600 ml 107358 £ 34.90
Champagne Glass 16 cl 22.5 cm 140 ml 107363 £ 22.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
5 Stainless Steel Rapid Wine Cooler
The brushed stainless steel casing is attached to the
plastic base with a bayonet fitting. Inside is a removable
cooling element that you keep ready for use in
the freezer. The rapid chiller will cool a bottle at
room temperature to a pleasant drinking temperature
within 5–10 minutes, without using ice. 20.5 cm
tall, diameter 14.5 cm. Weight 800 g.
item no. 103261 £ 29.50
8 Carafe Cleaning Balls
These stainless steel ball bearings allow glass
containers to be cleaned where brushes don’t reach.
Just pour them in, add a little water and shake. Dirt
is removed by the friction of the ball bearings
against the sides of the container without scratching
the glass surface. After cleaning with water, the ball
bearings can be used again.
item no. 103785 £ 9.95
Here is a sommelier's corkscrew from the Laguiole forge,
produced according to the same exacting standards as
their penknives. The 7 cm spiral is made of specially hardened
high-quality flexible steel, with five turns that can
cope with the longer corks found in exclusive wines. The
corkscrew also has an extra wide spiral for greater pulling
power. The design of the handle allows for easy
leverage and bottle opening. Reinforced wooden handle
sleeve. Length 12 cm, weight 95 g.
1 Stamina Handle
item no. 101766 £ 128.00
2 Olive Handle
item no. 105151 £ 139.00
3 Bell Corkscrew
Made of hardened steel with a finely polished matt
casing. This corkscrew penetrates any cork with ease,
even very long ones. With cork remover – after opening
the bottle, the cork is automatically removed from the
corkscrew by simply turning in the opposite direction.
Length 17.5 cm, width 10 cm, height 9 cm. Weight 264 g.
item no. 100410 £ 62.00
4 Silver Coaster with Wood
Hardwood base covered with felt underneath. Sterling
silver. 3.8 cm tall, diameter 12.8 cm, inner part 11.9 cm.
Weight 150 g, made in England.
item no. 100224 £ 185.00
7 Bottle cooler sleeve
Black active cooler in synthetic fabric with a coolgel
cushion sewn in. Instead of having to force the sleeve
over the bottle – as you do with other brands – this one
is firmly secured around any bottle with a Velcro closure.
Sits perfectly on slim wine bottles as well as fat
item no. 105162 £ 9.90
6 Mertens Waiter's Friend
An important item for every sommelier (or wine
waiter). And this is one of the best. Its ergonomic
design makes it fit comfortably into your
pocket without getting in the way. The firstclass
workmanship will appeal both to the professional
and the dabbler. There are three parts
– corkscrew, bottle opener and knife. Made of
rustproof burnished stainless steel. Length
13 cm, weight 74 g.
item no. 100355 £ 22.90
9 Wine Bottle Vacuum Seal
Once a bottle of wine has been opened, the contents
do not remain drinkable for long, even if
the cork is put back in. The vacuum sealer allows
the creation of a vacuum inside the bottle with a
few strokes of the pump, thus delaying unwanted
oxidation of the wine; it should remain drinkable
for around a week. Height 11 cm.
item no. 103928 £ 29.90
10 Decanter Brush
This carafe brush consists of a flexible covered
metal wire with a wooden handle. The brush is
made of natural bristles and the tip is trimmed
with cotton fibres, so that delicate carafes are not
damaged. Length 43 cm.
item no. 105120 £ 7.80
11 Stand for decanter carafes
Decanter carafes should be rinsed with hot water
after every use and then stood upside down with
the aid of a stand so that the remaining water
can drain unimpeded from the carafe. Height
21.5 cm, diameter of base 20.5 cm, diameter neck
item no. 105315 £ 28.50
There are two reasons why red wine should be “decanted”. Apart from removing
unwanted sediment, wine is decanted to introduce oxygen so the flavour
can develop and it is ready to drink. This is achieved by pouring the wine into a
decanter, but the process can be speeded up by using a decanting attachment.
9 Decanter from France
Hand-blown by La Rochère, the oldest French glass manufacturer. Fully rounded
form to create the greatest contact between red wine and air. If the contents
of a standard size bottle of red wine are poured in, the decanter will be
half full, with maximum surface area in contact with the air. Height 23 cm, diameter
22 cm, volume 0.75 ml. Weight 1 kg.
item no. 101933 £ 88.00
10 Decanter from Germany
Capacious lead crystal decanter with sterling silver sleeve and large diameter
to create the greatest possible surface area in contact with the air. Volume
1.5 l, height 21.5 cm, diameter 19 cm. Weight 1.3 kg.
item no. 100230 £ 235.00
11 Glencairn lead crystal carafe
Solid round carafe made from 24% lead crystal. From a Scottish glassworks
that has also produced glass for Cunard liners and Rolls Royce in-car minibars.
Volume 0.75 litres, diameter 11 cm, height 23 cm.
item no. 107417 £ 79.90
With this rack system, you can build up your wine cellar in stages without limit, starting
off with just 12 bottles. Just hammer in a few nails and within 20 minutes you
will have assembled a 12-bottle module. Metal braces at the front and back make
for a very stable structure, even if a large number of “storeys” are placed on top of
1 12-bottle Wine Rack
Height 33 cm, width 33 cm, depth 22.5 cm, weight 2.3 kg.
item no. 101439 £ 19.00
2 30-bottle Wine Rack
Height 52 cm, width 52 cm, depth 22.5 cm, weight 5 kg.
item no. 101440 £ 32.00
72-bottle Wine Rack (not pictured)
Height 81 cm, width 81 cm, depth 23 cm, weight 12 kg.
item no. 104057 £ 75.00
3 Attachment Clips
Clips are needed to attach one module to another. Each packet contains 5 clips. To
attach to the adjacent 12-bottle rack 3 clips are needed, 5 clips for 30-bottle rack,
and 8 for 72-bottle rack. The clips also create extra storage space between the racks.
item no. 101441 £ 9.99 for 5 clips
4 Decanting Funnel
The sieve attachment captures any sediment. The wine
flows through the curved tube down the side of the
decanter, creating air contact over a wide surface.
Length 17.5 cm, diameter 7.5 cm, weight 84 g.
item no. 101868 £ 11.90
5 Decanting Attachment
The device narrows like an hourglass, speeding up the
wine and creating a vacuum which draws air into the
tube, so oxidising the wine. This also makes it possible
to decant wine by the glass. Made of plastic, stainless
steel and rubber. Length 9.5 cm, diameter 3 cm, weight
item no. 100681 £ 38.00
6 Acrylic Bottle Cooler from Guzzini
A classic. Its big advantage is that you can see the
amount of liquid left in the bottle. For indoors or out,
from -10 degrees to +80. Scratchproof and dishwasher
safe. Height 23 cm, diameter 10 cm. Weight 640 g.
item no. 100234 £ 19.00
7 Henry Watson Bottle Cooler
From Henry Watson’s Suffolk Collection. Fired earthenware
(terracotta) absorbs water that subsequently
evaporates, creating a refrigeration effect. Height
17 cm. Weight 960 g.
item no. 100397 £ 16.90
8 Graphic Image Wine Notes
If you don’t have the time or opportunity to peel off the
label from every bottle of wine drunk and enjoyed and
take it home with you, then this little book will be of
great use: 160 pages have space for your notes, divided
into red wine, white wine, rosé, champagne and fortified
wines such as port or sherry. Bound in soft burgundy
coloured goatskin with gilt edges and includes a
book ribbon. 9.5 x 6.5 cm.
item no. 106721 £ 17.50
9 10 11
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
4 Butler’s Tray from Lady Clare
This butler’s tray is from our English supplier Lady Clare. Its height – 74.5 cm – means the tray can be removed or
returned without bending down. The idea is to place the butler’s tray near the dining table and keep food, drinks
etc. on it ready for use. Tray and stand made of dark stained wood. Tray 61 x 40.5 x 5 cm.
Wooden Butler's Tray
item no. 103658 £ 69.00
Wooden Tray Stand
item no. 103657 £ 65.00
1 Folding “Side-Car” Trolley
This tea trolley or occasional trolley has two trays when unfolded of 60 x 40 cm
and when folded it's only 7.5cm deep. Made from powder-coated steel and
plastic. Holds up to 30 kg. Height 72 cm, width 68.5 cm, depth 40 cm, weight
6 kg. The design by Louis L. Lepoix received a prize from the Museum of
Modern Art in New York.
1 Silver item no. 102218 £ 89.00
2 White item no. 105742 £ 89.00
3 Black item no. 105743 £ 89.00
6 Stainless Steel Food Warmer
Both practical and attractive, this food warmer is made
of 1.5 mm thick stainless steel, making it entirely scuffproof.
There are two parts, and the lower section is designed
like a drawer, with four indentations to hold a
standard buffet warmer candle. Steel is a good conductor
of heat, so it will warm up evenly. Made by a small
firm in Denmark that works exclusively with stainless
steel. 28.5 x 26.5 cm, height 5.5 cm, weight 2.1 kg.
item no. 101432 £ 69.00
5 Servicio Serving Trolley
This serving trolley is a typical example of Bauhaus design in the 1920s and
1930s and the increasingly popular classic modern of the time. The light,
chrome-plated steel-tube construction provides two tray areas in black
ashwood veneer, each surrounded with a rail – so lots of mobile stacking space.
Height 95 cm, width 80 cm, depth 36 cm, weight 14 kg. The appearance of the
serving trolley goes back to a design from 1934 by the firm L & C Arnold in
Stendal. Due to its close proximity to Dessau's Bauhaus, this firm was one of the
most experimental partners for the organisers there in the 1920s and 1930s.
The trolley is still manufactured by L & C in Stendal today.
item no. 105314 £ 495.00
Teak Table Mat and Tray
Marquetry table mats based on traditional
Danish shipbuilding techniques from Skagen.
Also suitable for outdoor use, as teak cannot be
damaged by moisture.
7 Teak Table Mat, size 17 x 17 cm, weight 100 g.
item no. 100740 £ 17.50
8 Teak Tray, size 51.5 x 51.5 cm, height 6 cm.
item no. 106874 £ 98.00
1 “Lampe Berger” Scented Lamp
The Lampe Berger gets rid of bad odours instead of covering them up. Its principle,
based on a catalytic combustion process, was invented by the Frenchman
Maurice Berger in 1898. The catalytic combustion of alcohol is burning without
a flame. It is made possible via a catalytic layer on the burner. The burner
itself is made up of two heating zones: the outer part reaches a temperature
of more than 500 °C to purify the air in the room by getting rid of unpleasant
odours, amongst other things. The odour molecules in the atmosphere which
float past the burner are destroyed via cracking and catalytic oxidation. The
inner part of the burner is only heated to 200 °C and is – if the lamp liquid is
scented – responsible for scenting the room. This lower temperature makes
it possible for the scent to be released and finely distributed in the air.
Incl. 180 ml neutral lamp liquid. Height 14.7 cm, diameter 9.5 cm.
item no. 105394 £ 35,90
Liquid for Berger neutral 500 ml item no. 105395 £ 15.90 (£ 3.18/100 ml)
Liquid for Berger lavender 500 ml item no. 105396 £ 15.90 (£ 3.18/100 ml)
Liquid for Berger ocean breeze 500 ml item no. 105397 £ 15.90 (£ 3.18/100 ml)
2 Lavender and Lavender Oil item no. 102771 £ 6,90
50 g lavender blossom in sealed pot. 6.5 ml lavender oil.
8 Glass Hurricanes
Glass hurricanes can be used to extend the day outdoors as well by using
candles, without drafts making the flame flicker, or a constant accumulation
of melted wax on the table.
Glass Hurricane with Base
Height: 30 cm, Ø 18.5 cm, weight 2 kg.
item no. 101283 £ 19.90
Glass Hurricane Globe
These glass hurricanes were once very popular, but they are hard to find today.
Their great advantage is that they can be placed over candleholders that
would normally be used indoors, an economical approach that allows you to
illuminate the darkness outdoors too.
30 cm, Ø 12 cm
item no. 101281 £ 11.90
45 cm, Ø 18,5 cm, suitable for tall candlesticks with new candles.
item no. 101282 £ 22.90
3 Armenian Paper: Deodoriser from the 19th Century
For over 125 years, paper soaked in styrax, an Asian amber, has been used to neutralise
food and tobacco smells or other unpleasant odours. The Frenchman Auguste
Poncet brought the amber, which is also used in the preparation of frankincense and
has a similar smell, back with him from a journey to Armenia. The paper comes in
booklets of 12 sheets with 3 strips each. Each strip is placed on an ashtray, lit and put
out again, so that it slowly burns away.
item no. 107096 £ 4.80 (set of 2)
These candlesticks are made by a Birmingham silversmith,
using sterling silver. The feet are covered underneath
4 Small Silver Candlestick 7.5 cm
7.5 cm tall, Ø 7.3 cm. Weight 140 g.
item no. 101693 £ 149.00
5 Silver Doric Square Candlestick
Surface area 8.3 x 8.3 cm, height 17.3 cm. Weight 300 g.
item no. 100196 £ 258.00
6 Small Silver Candlestick 4 cm
Beaded border. Height 4 cm, base diameter 7.4 cm.
Weight 110 g.
item no. 101694 £ 98.00
7 Small Tealight Holder with Stars
A hand-blown tealight holder with stars etched in by
hand. Height 7 cm, weight 250 g.
item no. 100600 £ 5.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
2 Forties Breadbin
The company M. Westermann & Co. has been in business since 1867, and it manufactures
household goods made of tin. These breadbins have been designed according
to original models from the 1940s. Made of powder-coated sheet steel with
stainless steel handle. Width 42 cm, depth 22.5 cm, height 17 cm.
Almond item no. 104527 £ 79.90
White item no. 104528 £ 79.90
6 Porcelain Butter Dishes
Plain yet elegant butter dishes. Dishwasher safe.
Half pack size, 5 x 10 x 13 cm.
item no. 107355 £ 9.90
Full pack size, 5 x 13 x 16 cm.
item no. 107354 £ 12.90
1 Sterling Silver Toast Rack
Toast racks like this one are well-known from the elegant breakfast tables of
the 19th and early 20th centuries: hot slices of toast remained deliciously crisp
as they slowly cooled, instead of going soggy in bread baskets or bowls. Over
time, toasters moved ever closer to the breakfast table, which meant that toast
racks became rare and are now nearly always silver-plated or only available for
a high price at antiques dealers. On the breakfast table, however, they are still
useful and decorative. Made in Italy from sterling silver. Holds up to 6 slices of
toast. Height 12 cm, width 9 cm, length 13.5 cm. Weight 240 g.
item no. 106959 £ 299.00
7 Round Jam Jar
Made of light Jena Glass. Holds approx. 325 g jam,
diameter 9.5 cm, height 10 cm, weight only 140 g.
item no. 100980 £ 11.90
8 Cylindrical Jam Jar
Hand-blown jam jar with glass lid. Height
12.5 cm, Ø 9.3 cm, weight 400 g. For up to 320 g
item no. 104824 £ 11.90
9 Mrs Bridges Jam
Dundee, located in the middle of a large fruit-growing area (famous for soft
fruit like raspberries and blackberries), is traditionally described as the “Home
of Marmalade“. Here it is said that the first shredded batch of marmalade was
made over 200 years ago, using Seville oranges. The oranges were too bitter to
eat but turned out to be very tasty after boiling the fruit and so marmalade
was “invented”, to the joy of marmalade fans. Made to traditional recipes
using top quality fruits. The fruits are boiled slowly in open copper pans to preserve
Orange Fine Cut
item no. 103013
£ 6.50 (£ 1.91 / 100 g)
item no. 105932
£ 6.50 (£ 1.91 / 100 g)
3 Beech Bread Bin
With removable integrated bread board and
crumb tray. Wood is the ideal material for storing
bread, as it also absorbs moisture. 44 x 30 x
23 cm, 6.7 kg approx.
item no. 100466 £ 89.00
4 Charlotte Watson Bread Bin
This large ceramic jar keeps bread cool. Dishwasher
safe. Volume 7 litres. Base 20.5 x 20.5 cm,
height 39 cm, weight with lid 4 kg.
item no. 101957 £ 69.95
5 Enamel Bread Bin with Lid
Enamel is a robust, scratchproof material, and
what is more, this bread bin comes with a special
“ETC” (easy to clean) finish. Made from soldered
steel sheets with crimped joints, with
gently rounded corners and a folding handle on
the lid. Recommended for people who suffer
from nickel allergy, dishwasher safe. Diameter
30 cm, height 11 cm, capacity 7 l, weight 2.9 kg.
item no. 103135 £ 65.00
Strawberry Preserve with
item no. 103014
£ 7.50 (£ 2.21 / 100 g)
item no. 105933
£ 6.50 (£ 1.91 / 100 g)
Seedless Bramble Preserve
item no. 103015
£ 7.50 (£ 2.21 / 100 g)
1 Wilhelm Wagenfeld Egg Cooker
A versatile gadget for cooking eggs, or making terrines, pastries or desserts.
The glass parts are heat-resistant, microwave-proof (without metal handle)
and dishwasher safe. The egg cooker was designed by Bauhaus designer
Wilhelm Wagenfeld in 1933.
For 1 egg: diameter 6.5 cm, height 8.6 cm, capacity 0.065 l.
item no. 105177 £ 9.95
For 2 eggs: diameter 8.9 cm, height 8.6 cm, contents 0.13 l.
item no. 105929 £ 12.90 1
2 Silver Salt and Pepper Shaker
Body and lid of this shaker are made by
German silversmiths in pure sterling silver. Fill
the shaker by unscrewing the lid. Height 4 cm,
diameter 2.3 cm. Weight 12 g.
Salt Shaker item no. 105326 £ 49.90
Pepper Shaker item no. 104438 £ 49.90
Mother of pearl comes from the lining of large shells in the South Pacific.
Apart from its fascinating pearly iridescent look, the advantage of using
mother of pearl for making spoons is that, like horn, it does not affect the
taste when coming into contact with eggs or caviar. In addition this cool,
heavy material is always pleasant to the touch.
4 Mother of Pearl Egg Spoon
Length approx. 11.5 cm. item no. 101169 £ 19.00
Sometimes not available due to the shortage of mother of pearl.
7 A classic design from Italy: Guzzini
Guzzini acrylic kitchen products, with their universal and neutral appearance,
can be used in many ways. The plastic is suitable for unlimited storage of food.
The robust material means it can be used inside or out, whether you're planning
a simple light supper or a several course dinner. The rim is turned down
and makes the bowl easy to carry and more sturdy. Dishwasher safe to 55 °C.
Acrylic Salad Bowl,
diameter 22 cm, weight 360 g.
item no. 100243 £ 11.40
Small Acrylic Bowl,
diameter 11 cm, weight 80 g.
item no. 100241 £ 3.60
Huge Acrylic Salad Bowl,
diamater 35 cm, weight 1 kg.
item no. 100240 £ 24.50
Small Acrylic Bowl,
diameter 15 cm, weight 140 g.
item no. 100242 £ 4.80
Guzzini Acrylic Salad Servers
length 28 cm, weight 75 g.
item no. 100235 £ 5.20
length 35 cm, weight 105 g.
item no. 100236 £ 6.20
3 Sterling Silver Egg Cups
The advantage of silver egg cups as opposed to those
made of earthenware or porcelain is that they are
unbreakable as well as being very decorative. This
makes them a traditional christening gift. Height
6.4 cm, Ø 4.5 cm, Weight 44 g. Made in Pforzheim,
item no. 103734 £ 98.00
Our horn products are made in West Jutland in a factory looking back on a tradition
of more than 200 years. Nowadays, ox horn is imported from Africa and manufactured
in Denmark. Horn is a natural material and comes in an infinite range of
colours from cream to black. Not dishwasher safe-clean – please clean with lukewarm
water and do not leave to soak in liquids for a long time.
5 Pair of Horn Egg Spoons
Length 12.5 cm. item no. 100949 £ 17.00 for set of 2
6 Horn Salad Servers
Length 25 cm, width 6.3 cm. item no. 100948 £ 55.00
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
“Brasserie” by Pillivuyt
For almost 200 years, Pillivuyt has been producing porcelain whose robustness and
heat resistance have led it to become internationally known as simply the best
French restaurant chinaware. The robustness of the products is the result of a special
firing process: in the first stage, all parts are shaped and then pre-fired at
approx. 1000 °C; next, they are glazed and fired a second time at more than 1400
°C to obtain a very hard, scratch-resistant surface and a pure, deep white. After the
decoration has been applied, they are fired again at approx. 1000 °C, which seals it
into the glaze and makes it virtually indestructible – and, of course, dishwasher
safe. The individual parts are in the kiln for more than 30 hours in total.
The Brasserie range has been one of the classics of the French catering trade
since the 1920s. Every bistro, brasserie and restaurant could have its menu fired
on to its own crockery. Today's version features the menu from the fictitious
“Grande Brasserie Nationale, 33 Rue de la République - Consommation de
Premier Choix“ – cover charge is 10 centimes, bread included. The wine list
ranges from 1 to 6 francs, while food can be bought from 20 centimes.
Item no. Price £
1 Espresso Cup 70 ml H 5.2 cm, Ø 6.4 cm 106403 10.90
1 Small Saucer Ø 12.5 cm 106404 8.50
2 Breakfast Cup 230 ml H 7.3 cm, Ø 8.9 cm 106405 21.50
2 Large Saucer Ø 16.6 cm 106407 9.90
3 Mug 220 ml H 8.5 cm, Ø 8 cm 106406 22.90
4 Small Plate Ø 17 cm 106413 14.50
4 Medium Plate Ø 20 cm 106414 20.90
4 Large Plate Ø 27 cm 106415 36.90
5 Breakfast Bowl 300 ml H 7.2 cm, Ø 14.1 cm 106411 22.90
6 Ramekin 125 ml H 4 cm, Ø 8.7 cm 106418 7.50
7 Baking Dish 2 l H 5.7 cm, 23 x 32 cm 106417 42.90
8 Pasta Plate 400 ml H 4.8 cm, Ø 28 cm 106416 51.90
9 Soup Plate 160 ml H 3.8 cm, Ø 22.8 cm 106412 20.50
10 Bowl 2.7 l H 12.2 cm, Ø 33 cm 106410 165.00
11 Bowl 1.3 l H 10.6 cm, Ø 25 cm 106409 65.90
12 Bowl 400 ml H 7.2 cm, Ø 16.7 cm 106408 31.90
5 6 7 8
Stainless Steel Cutlery Set: Baguette
This classic and timeless cutlery set has been in use in higher class restaurants
for many years now, especially where durability and good looks play an important
role while being permanently in use. It is worth making a note of the sizes.
At almost 25 cm, the dinner knife is a nice size. The cutlery size is particularly
suitable for modern and larger crockery. The cutlery is made of polished stainless
steel which is completely rustproof thanks to the amount of chrome contained
in it. In addition, it is resistant to food acids. Thickness: 3.5 mm, the
knives have a hollow handle, all items are dishwasher safe.
Italian Porcelain for the Catering Trade
This very robust porcelain is made specially for use in restaurants, where usually the
demands on the rim and glaze are particularly high. Made in Veneto.
Item Dimensions Item no. Price
Deep Plate 250 ml H 4 cm, Ø 23 cm 102408 £ 4.80
Small Plate H 2 cm, Ø 21 cm 102409 £ 4.50
Large Plate H 2.5 cm, Ø 27 cm 102407 £ 5.10
Pizza Plate H 2 cm, Ø 32 cm 102404 £ 6.20
Pasta Plate 750 ml H 5 cm, Ø 32 cm 102405 £ 9.95
Pasta Bowl 3.2 l H 8.5 cm, Ø 31 cm 102406 £ 17.90
Breakfast Cup 270 ml, H 6.5 cm,
Ø 16.3 cm
102413 £ 6.90
Cappuccino Cup 190 ml, H 6 cm,
Ø 14.3 cm
102411 £ 5.50
Espresso Cup 80 ml, H 5.5 cm,
Ø 12.5 cm
102410 £ 4.20
Length Item no. Price
Teaspoon 13.8 cm 103560 £ 3.00
Breakfast Spoon 18.3 cm 103557 £ 5.70
Breakfast Fork 18.3 cm 103558 £ 5.70
Breakfast Knife 21.5 cm 103559 £ 9.90
Dinner Spoon 21.8 cm 103554 £ 7.10
Dinner Fork 21.8 cm 103555 £ 7.10
Dinner Knife 24.7 cm 103556 £ 10.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
80 ml, height 5.8 cm,
Ø 12 cm, height 460 g
250 ml, height 7 cm,
Ø 16 cm, weight 236 g
400 ml, height 7.5 cm,
Ø 18 cm, weight 630 g
Ø 20.5 cm, weight 360 g
300 ml, height 8.8 cm,
Ø 8.8 cm, weight 300 g
300 ml, height 7.5 cm,
Ø 14 cm, weight 395 g
Ø 26 cm, weight 740 g
275 ml, height 3.5 cm,
Ø 23 cm, weight 440 g
1.3 l, Ø 14 cm,
weight 690 g
0.25 l, weight 210 g,
Ø 7 cm
0.25 l, weight 200 g,
Ø 8 cm
60 g, Ø 3.5 cm
white yellow orange red blue
This tableware is a true classic without
any traces of yesteryear. The wellknown
simple style is available in
seven colours. You can order everything
in one colour, or be more daring
and mix and match. The Kahla chinaware
factory is located in the German
town in Thuringia bearing the same
name, and can look back on over
150 years of tradition.
Kahla manufactures kaolin hard porcelain which
has a slight blueish white glaze compared to the
renowned bone china which stems predominantly
from England with its slight yellowish
tone. As kaolin porcelain is fired at 1400 °C
(bone china is fired at around 1200 °C) it is particularly
tough and hard-wearing.
It is also worth noting that Kahla undertakes the
decorating firing at 1100 °C (this is usually done
at around 800 ° C), meaning that the colour
assumest a permanent bond with the glaze. The
dishwasher safe (red: dishwasher suitable)
Pronto tableware comes from the hotel porcelain
division of Kahla. Here a thicker body is produced
which is especially shock-proof and the
material thickness is able to sustain heat longer
than thinner chinaware.
Cutlery with Coloured Handles from France
There are some manufacturers who produce
cutlery with handles made of coloured acrylic.
There is a significant difference as regards the
quality of the metal anchoring, the synthetic
material used and the surface finish. This Sabre
cutlery, in a classic and timeless design, has also
passed our “tried and trusted” test. It is dishwasher
safe. The metal parts are made of stainless
steel, and the knives will remain permanently
sharp. The cutlery items are virtually
unbreakable, the surface of the acrylic handles
are polished and the edges of the casting
moulds have been carefully removed.
ivory yellow orange red blue green
21.5 cm £ 11.50 103855 103859 103863 103867 103875 103871
23 cm £ 11.50 103856 103860 103864 103868 103876 103872
24 cm £ 14.90 103857 103861 103865 103869 103877 103873
19.4 cm £ 11.50 105201 105207 105213 105219 105231 105225
19.6 cm £ 11.50 105202 105208 105214 105220 105232 105226
20.2 cm £ 14.90 105203 105209 105215 105221 105233 105227
16 cm £ 10.50 103858 103862 103866 103870 103878 103874
17 cm £ 10.90 105204 105210 105216 105222 105234 105228
24.5 cm £ 20.90 105205 105211 105217 105223 105235 105229
20.2 cm £ 15.90 105206 105212 105218 105224 105236 105230
Mocha Coffee Cups from Limoges
A strong and stimulating coffee after a meal is a custom which European culture took
over from the Turks many years ago. Indeed, this custom is still alive and thriving today.
Furthermore, porcelain mocha coffee cups are also a popular collector’s item. You can
order the cups in just one colour or mix and match, whatever you prefer. The cup and
saucer have been painted by hand. The rims and handles are decorated in 22-carat gold.
Outstanding craftmanship. Made by a small porcelain manufacturer in Limoges, France.
4.5 cm tall, holds 50 ml, weight 100 g.
2 yellow (“tournesol”) item no. 100711
3 beige (“mastic“) item no. 103643
4 night blue (“bleu nuit“) item no. 100715
5 raspberry red (“framboise“) item no. 100716
6 ivory (“ivoire“) item no. 103642
7 coralline (“corail“) item no. 100712
8 light blue (“bleu glacier“) item no. 103348
9 khaki (“kaki“) item no. 103641
10 green (“vert empire“) item no. 100714
£ 38.90 per item
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
Classic Design: Glass Food Warmer from MAWA
Food warmer made of heat-resistant float glass and aluminium in an ageless and
classic style. It was created especially for MAWA in 1982 by Andreas Weber. Height
2 Glass Food Warmer 1 Tealight
size 17.8 x 17.8 cm,
weight 960 g.
item no. 103818 £ 95.00
3 Glass Food Warmer 2 Tealights
size 29.9 x 17.8 cm,
weight 1.6 kg.
item no. 103817 £ 119.00
6 Denby Teapot – Never Drip
The design of the legendary classic Denby teapot was patented in England in 1922.
The Denby teapot was already a must at tea parties in the Roaring Twenties.
However, it became known everywhere as the “never drip” teapot because of its
unique spout. The spout was designed “to pour with commendable straightforwardness”
which is taken from an advertising text dating back to the 20s.
Nevertheless, what makes it even more special is the fact that not a single droplet
of tea drips from the spout! Capacity 1.4 l. Diameter 15 cm, length (from spout to
handle) 24.5 cm, height 11 cm, weight 825g.
Brown item no. 100768 £ 78.50
Blue item no. 100767 £ 78.50
1 Very Stylish: FREUD Teaball
With its shape reduced to a simple sphere, the use of high-gloss polished
18/10 stainless steel and the side wooden handle, the Teaball from the collection
of the London café FREUD radiates logical, elegant modernity. At the same
time, the simplicity of the teapot's design makes it seem instantly familiar, as
though it has always existed. Removable stainless steel tea filter. Spout incorporates
a strainer. Volume 1 litre. Diameter 15 cm, width with handle 24.5 cm.
item no. 107117 £ 69.00
4 Brass Tea Warmer
The historic design of this food warmer comes from eastern Friesland, a region
in northern Germany famous for its tea customs. Elaborate solid brass craftmanship
which is located in a small metal workshop in Northern Germany.
Diameter 16 cm, 7.5 cm tall, weight 440 g.
item no. 100690 £ 99.00
5 Kusmi Tea
Founded in St Petersburg in 1867, Pavel
Mikhailovich Kousmichoff's tea company quickly
grew into one of the most important ones in
Russia and ultimately became the supplier to the
court of the tsar. When Kousmichoff was forced to
flee Russia in the wake of the Russian Revolution
in 1917, he turned to Paris and founded Kusmi Tea
Prince Vladimir: traditional blend of Chinese black
teas with notes of bergamot, lemon, grapefruit,
vanilla, cinammon and cloves.
Anastasia: blend of black teas from China and Ceylon
with lemon, lime and orange blossom notes.
Thé du Matin No. 24: strong breakfast blend of
teas from China, Ceylon and India.
Bouquet de Fleurs No. 108: black teas from China,
Ceylon and India, with lemon, lime, orange,
mandarin and various flowers. The favourite tea
of Tsar Nicholas II.
Kashmir Chai: blend of black teas and spices,
based on a traditional Chinese recipe.
Samovar: blend of Indian and lightly smoked
Chinese black teas, giving the tea a subtle smoky
250 g Teacaddy 20 Teabags
(£ 7.96/100 g) (£ 23.86/100 g)
£ 19.90 £ 10.50
Prince Wladimir 105493 105499
Anastasia 105494 105500
Thé du Matin 105495 105501
Bouquet de Fleurs 105496 105502
Kashmir Tchai 105497 105503
Samovar 105498 105504
1 Borosilicate Glass Tea Service
Glass is well suited for vessels which come into
contact with tea, as the smooth non-porous
surface can be easily cleaned. Brosilicate glass,
which is mainly used in laboratories with their
equivalent high demands, is extremely heatresistant,
dishwasher and microwave safe and
highly shock-proof. The tea is put into a glass
sieve which is taken out of the pot as soon as
the tea has infused. It is enchanting to see the
colour of the tea spread in the water through
Teapot 2 litres
item no. 101598 £ 35.00
item no. 101599 £ 15.00
item no. 101600 £ 9.50
4 David Rio Power Chai 398 g
This Power Chai from David Rio is a ready-to-use blend of black tea, the
Japanese green tea matcha, as well as cinnamon, ginger, cloves, sugar cane
syrup, cardamom and salt. The powder just has to be mixed with hot or cold
milk or water. If you use frothy milk, you get a delicious chai latte. Chai is the
Hindi word for tea and means in a narrower sense the typical sweetened
spiced tea from India. It is prepared using tea, milk, sugar and spices such as
cinnamon, ginger, salt and pepper. Chai powder with no added milk. 398 g tin.
item no. 106074 £ 12.90 (£ 3.24 / 100 g)
2 Stainless Steel Tea Warmer
Ideal for the Filio teapot. For standard tealights. Diameter 15 cm, height 5.5 cm,
weight 340 g.
item no. 100318 £ 69.00
3 Filio Teapot
A classic design by Tassilo von Grolman. A perfect symbiosis between design and function.
The large stainless steel strainer provides the tea with enough room to breathe
so that a unique aroma can unfold. The teapot is made of fireproof Duran glass with
rustproof metal parts. Capacity 1.5l. Diameter 15.5 cm, height 15 cm, weight 840 g.
item no. 100317 £ 105.00
5 Cosy Teapot
Cosy teapots have been associated with the Dutch-based company located in
Hilversum, Bredemeijer, ever since 1914. They are manufactured using high-quality
earthenware and have a polished stainless steel jacket with a felt lining. This doublewalled
insulation means that tea stays hot in the pot for around one hour. As the
tea is not continually heated up, as is the case with a tea warmer, the taste stays the
same. As the inside of the teapot is glazed, the Cosy teapot is ideal for black, green
or fruit teas. For cleaning purposes, it is possible to take out the inside of the teapot.
The teapot interior, feet and other spare parts are also sold separately. Capacity
1.3 l. Height 18.5 cm, length from handle to spout 27 cm, weight 990 g.
item no. 101135 £ 125.00
Replacement Cosy Teapot Pot (not shown) item no. 102607 £ 59.00
Cosy Milk Jug
Height 8.5 cm, diameter 6.5 cm, weight 275 g. item no. 101963 £ 39.00
Cosy Sugar Pot
Height 10.5 cm, diameter 6 cm, weight 285 g. item no. 101962 £ 39.00
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
2 Milk Frothing Jug
Suitable for cappuccino, milky coffee or chocolate
drinks in addition to milkshakes or sabayon. Milk can be
heated up to a temperature of 60 °C which is ideal for
frothing. The milk is then frothed up for 15 seconds as
a result of the stem moving up and down and quickly
forcing the milk through the plastic sieve. For best
results, please use semi-skimmed or skimmed milk. Also
suitable for induction cookers. Capacity 750 ml. For
6-8 cups. Height 21 cm, diameter 11.5 cm, weight 610 g.
Item no. 101481 £ 55.00
1 Carmencita Espresso Maker
Carmencita is deemed by many people to be the most beautiful espresso maker
in the world. The handle conveys no heat and there is a pressure control valve.
The water in the bottom part of the espresso maker is brought to boil on the
cooker and then driven through the ground coffee by means of a high-pressure
valve before finally being filtered in order to separate the actual espresso
from the coffee remains. Not suitable for induction cookers.
3 cups, 150 ml. 17 cm tall,
Ø 8.5 cm, 495 g.
item no. 100120 £ 68.00
7 6 “Grain de Café” Coffee Glasses
Sturdy coffee glasses made by La Rochère of France.
Ideal for making caffè latte, latte macchiato, iced coffee,
espresso granitá, Irish coffee or a plain and simple
coffee. 14 cm tall, 250 ml.
item no. 101269 £ 22.00 for 6 glasses
8 Coffee Store Glass Mug
This mug made by the traditional manufacturer, Libbey,
is supplied to a host of American coffee shop chains
which have popped up over the course of the past few
years. The glass is very thick and sturdy. Height 10.5 cml,
Ø 9.5 cm, capacity 300 ml, weight 450 g.
item no. 102383 £ 5.70
6 cups, 300 ml. 20.5 cm tall,
Ø 10 cm, 680 g.
item no. 100121 £ 85.00
3 Alfi Opal Thermos Carafe
This model dates back to 1930 and is made of chrome-plated brass. Insulating
effect by means of a double-walled vacuum tempered glass insert. Height
25 cm, diameter 13 cm, capacity 1 l. For about 8 cups, weight 1.3 kg. 5-year
We are offering the Opal with a plaited wicker jacket that protects the jug and
gives it a country look – or in the rare white lacquered finish.
Opal white lacquered item no. 101923 £ 149.00
Opal with plaited wicker jacket item no. 102637 £ 168.00
Mechanical Coffee Grinder by Peugeot
Freshly ground coffee always tastes that bit better. The multitude of aromas
found in coffee remain intact, allowing each one to slowly unfold. A grinder
is only as good as the mechanism inside it. After all, it determines how precisely
and evenly the roasted coffee beans turn into aromatic ground coffee or
espresso. Peugeot has been manufacturing coffee grinders ever since 1840, and
is very well-known for the quality of its grinders, especially in the trade. The
carbon steel blade in the grinder preserves the aroma and produces a fine powder
with a coffee aroma which is impossible to resist. The coffee bean is not
heated up in the process and all the flavouring unfolds. The casing is made of
solid wood with a brass or chrome-plated brass crank handle and funnel.
Peugeot gives a 20-year guarantee on the grinding mechanism. Height: 22 cm,
size 13 x 13 cm, weight 930 g.
4 Dark stain casing item no. 104059 £ 68.00
5 Natural varnished casing item no. 104058 £ 68.00
6 Melitta Porcelain Coffee Filter Cone
For standard size coffee filter papers 102 (for 4–6 cups). Height 10 cm, diameter
12 cm, base diameter 10 cm, weight 100 g.
item no. 102450 £ 16.90
“Cookproof” Cotton Aprons
These aprons are intended for commercial use and are virtually unavailable to
the general retail trade. 100% cotton with a fabric dressing, which assures a
very high degree of stability as regards the size, a particularly robust “twill”
weave. 75 x 100 cm.
7 white item no. 100717 £ 11.90
8 blue item no. 100718 £ 11.90
Looking Stylish, Even in the Kitchen: Linen Aprons
These aprons are just the right thing for stopping clothes getting splashed
during cooking or when doing the housework. Nevertheless, these aprons
made from 100% linen look much more elegant than their cotton counterparts.
The ties for fastening at the back run through a seam, meaning that the
length at the neck and the overall length of the apron can be adjusted as
required. Washable at 60 °C using a detergent without bleach. Length 90 cm,
width 65 cm.
9 espresso item no. 106733 £ 28.90
10 raspberry red item no. 106731 £ 28.90
11 white item no. 102368 £ 28.90
12 natural item no. 106732 £ 28.90
13 terracotta item no. 102367 £ 28.90
Le Jacquard Tea Towels
Le Jacquard Français weaving mill is one of the leading
manufacturers of high-quality fabrics in France. It was
founded in 1888 in Gérardmer in the Vosges – the area
surrounding Gérardmer has been one of the most
important areas for growing flax for centuries, as well
as weaving high-quality linen and cotton fabrics.
Jacquard or damask, which was named after this mill, is
a fabric which has the pattern woven into it. In this way,
complex patterns can be made in the weave, without
having to print the fabric – what's more, the play of
light on the pattern varies its intensity and dynamic
appearance, which has made damask very popular in
Europe from time immemorial. Woven from 100%
cotton, washable to 60 °C. 60 x 80 cm.
1 Sucre Salé Tea Towel
Motif features antique sugar and salt cellars and a classic
floral damask pattern in terracotta and grey.
item no. 106723 £ 14.50
2 Crêpes Sarrazin Tea Towel
Buckwheat-coloured motif with ingredients and utensils
for making crêpes.
item no. 106725 £ 14.50
3 Ratatouille Tea Towel
Ingredients and utensils for making ratatouille on a
raspberry-red background with orange border.
item no. 106724 £ 14.50
4 Jardin Italien Tea Towel
Simple classic damask pattern, surrounded by a border
of antique trophy vases in green, purple and olivegreen.
item no. 106726 £ 14.50
5 Fleurs Bleuet Tea Towel
Botanical representation of different flowers on blue
background with sienna-coloured edge.
item no. 106727 £ 14.50
6 Marseille Liquid Soap
These liquid soaps are a modern interpretation of the
famous Marseille tradition of soap making. La
Compagnie de Provence Marseille has taken on the task
of revitalising this tradition in its place of origin: at the
Port of Marseille. As with traditional Savon de
Marseille, this liquid soap is produced in large cauldrons
without the use of colouring or preserving agents or
synthetic surfactants, which makes it very kind to the
skin. 500 ml glass bottle with pump dispenser.
(£ 2.78 / 100 ml)
Liquid Soap Fleur d’Oranger
Smell of orange blossoms, honey, jasmine.
item no. 106437 £ 13.90
Liquid Soap Olive Lavender
Smell of lavender, rosemary and eucalyptus.
item no. 106435 £ 13.90
Liquid Soap Rose
Smell of roses, citrus fruits, wood and musk.
item no. 106436 £ 13.90
2 3 4 5
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
Roasting Trays from Mauviel
With a roasting tray like this one you can gently
roast fish, meat or poultry on the stove and then
carry on cooking in the oven. It is of course suitable
for any other meals prepared in the oven. Length
47 cm, width 32.5 cm, height including handles
14 cm, weight 3.3 kg. Volume 9 litres.
9 Stainless steel item no. 104999 £ 195.00
10 Copper item no. 104998 £ 299.00
11 Stainless Steel Bain-Marie
Bains-marie are used to make sauces which mustn't boil,
such as sauce hollandaise, or for melting chocolate. The
upper part is a porcelain pan. It is placed in a second
pan, made of stainless steel, in which the water is
heated. Polished cast steel handles. Volume 800 ml,
diameter 12 cm, height 16 cm, weight 2 kg, overall
length 31 cm. Material thickness 2.6 mm.
item no. 105045 £ 109.00
Two very large roasting tins. Ideal for roasting poultry,
meat or even soufflés baked in the oven.
12 Aluminium: Entrance model
Capacity 6.5 litres. Size: inside 40 x 27 cm, outside 41.5 x
28.5 cm, height 8 cm, weight 860 g.
item no. 101418 £ 39.90
Lid for Aluminium Roasting Tin (not shown)
item no. 102624 £ 19.50
13 Stainless Steel: Professional Model
Capacity 5.5 l. size: inside 40 x 29 cm, outside 41 x
30 cm, height 7 cm, weight 1.65 kg. Manufactured by
Piazza in Italy.
item no. 101556 £ 99.00
14 Ceran Surface Scraper
With built-in rubber studs in the handle, enabling you
to exert more pressure. Stainless steel. Dishwasher safe.
Length 13 cm.
item no. 104455 £ 9.95
3 Replacement Blades for Scraper
item no. 104456 £ 4.50
Copper Pots and Pans from Mauviel
When it comes to heat conduction and heat distribution,
copper outweighs steel with the same
material thickness by a long shot. Hence it is the
ideal material for manufacturing pots and pans.
In their top product line, Mauviel manufactures
pots and pans with an inner stainless steel coating
rather than the widely accepted tin which is
prone to scratches and sensitive to heat. These
combine the advantages of steel and copper
pans. The result: optimal heat conduction, and
the inside of the pan is hard-wearing and yet
easy to clean. The material thickness is 2.5 mm
(0.1"). The handles are made of cast iron. This
family-owned company based in Normandy,
France, has been around since 1830 and is wellknown
among professionals and dedicated
hobby cooks for its high quality.
1 Copper Saucepan, 3.5 litres
20 cm, height 11 cm, overall length 39 cm,
weight 2.5 kg.
item no. 101948 £ 179.00
2 Copper Sauteuse, 3 litres
Diameter 24 cm, height 7 cm, overall length
45 cm, weight 2.7 kg.
item no. 101949 £ 179.00
3 Copper High-Sided Pan, 1.7 litres
Diameter 20 cm, height 8 cm, overall length
38.5 cm, weight 1.7 kg.
item no. 101950 £ 155.00
4 Copper Pan
Diameter 26 cm, overall length 48.5 cm, height
4 cm, weight 1.9 kg.
item no. 101951 £ 149.00
5 Copper Casserole with Lid, 6 Litres
Diameter 24 cm, height incl. lid 18.5 cm, weight
item no. 101952 £ 328.00
6 Copper Lid 20 cm
Diameter 20 cm, height 3 cm, weight 390 g.
item no. 101953 £ 38.00
7 Copper Lid 24 cm
24 cm, height 4 cm, weight 670 g.
item no. 101954 £ 65.00
8 Copper & Brass Polish
Town Talk Polish has been producing polishes
and cleansing agents in the English county of
Lancashire for more than 100 years. The polish is
applied with a cloth or sponge. Afterwards, the
metal surface is polished using a clean cloth. This
polish only works on untreated metal surfaces.
Contents 250 ml. (£ 3.56 / 100 ml)
item no. 102097 £ 8.90
1 Indispensable for Browning Meat: Lyonnaise Pans
These heavy-duty pans have a steel thickness of 2.5 to 3 mm which ensure
even heat distribution. Consequently, the pans are suitable for anywhere with
a high degree of heat, such as gas hobs, as well as other hobs, including induction.
The pan's surface is neither varnished nor enamelled which adds to the
high degree of heat retention. The handles are also made of steel, so that the
pans can also be put in the oven. De Buyer from France has over 170 years of
experience in metal working.
De Buyer Frying Pan "Lyonnaise" 24 cm
Length incl. handle 43 cm, base 17.5 cm, 1.33 kg.
item no. 101482 £ 19.90
De Buyer Frying Pan "Lyonnaise" 30 cm
Length incl. handle 53 cm, base diameter 22 cm,
item no. 101483 £ 29.90
2 De Buyer Blini Pan
Pan for making Russian blinis, small pancakes or
for a single fried egg. Length 24.5 cm, diameter
12 cm, height 2.5 cm, 400 g.
item no. 101917 £ 8.90
Cast-Iron Pans from Skeppshult
The rough and untreated surface of a cast-iron pan is ideal for browning or
frying. Our No. 1 choice for steaks. Due to the pans’ thickness (5.5 mm/0.2”)
cast iron is very good for an even distribution of heat as well as heat retention,
meaning that these pans are also ideal for slow cooking. Skeppshult from
Sweden uses sand moulds to form the cast iron pans before deburring them.
The base is then lathed so that the pans rest perfectly on top of the hob.
Suitable for all cooker types. These pans are not rustproof! Do not wash up
using detergent. Simply wash out using warm water. Then dry as normal and
rub in cooking oil periodically.
6 Skeppshult Griddle Pan
Diameter 28 cm, overall length 52 cm,
height 5 cm, weight 3.3 kg.
item no. 102402 £ 62.50
7 Skeppshult Frying Pan
Diameter 28 cm, overall length
52 cm, height 4 cm, weight 2.9 kg.
item no. 102403 £ 62.50
8 Casserole with Glass Lid
This stockpot is ideal for frying large chunks of meat or poultry before putting
everything in the oven to continue roasting or leaving to cook slowly on the
hob. With glass lid to enable viewing. This also encourages condensed water to
form on the lid, preventing meat from drying out and keeping vegetables tender.
Capacity: 5.5 l, diameter 33.5 cm, width incl. handles 39.5 cm, weight 5.8 kg.
item no. 102401 £ 108.00
9 Heavy-Duty Wok
The wok is the universal cooking utensil used for Asian
cuisine and is ideal for natural and healthy cooking.
Very little fat is required for cooking, and it retains the
original flavour of food. Just like our pans above, the
wok comes from the well-known provider of pans to
the catering industry, de Buyer. The 2 mm-thick steel
means that food can be browned, fried or roasted on a
high flame. There is an even distribution of heat thanks
to the thickness of the sides. The hole in the handle is
useful for hanging up the wok, and there is an additional
handle on the other side. Diameter 40 cm, base
12 cm, length incl. handles 70 cm, weight 2.7 kg.
item no. 101484 £ 48.00
3 De Buyer Fish Pan 36 x 26.5 cm
Overall length 59.5 cm, length 35.5 cm, width 26.5 cm, 2.2 kg.
item no. 101913 £ 35.90
4 De Buyer Crêpe Pan
With extra low profile. Overall length 28 cm, diameter 20 cm, profile 2.5 mm thick,
height 1.5 cm, 800 g.
item no. 101916 £ 12.90
5 2-Handle Frying Pans
Ideal for preparing paella and for slow cooking on a low heat. Can also be used as
a serving dish.
De Buyer 2-Handle Pan 28 cm
Width 34 cm, diameter 28 cm, height 4.5 cm, 1.9 kg.
item no. 101914 £ 25.90
De Buyer 2-Handle Pan 32 cm
Width 38.5 cm, diameter 32 cm, height 5.5 cm, 2.5 kg.
item no. 101915 £ 32.50
10 Splatter Screen
For covering pans and pots while in use. A lid also
stops the fat from spitting, but turns frying into
steaming. Stainless steel. Dishwasher safe. Diameter
33 cm, length incl. handle 51 cm, weight 200 g.
item no. 101887 £ 16.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
5 Spaghetti Measure
A useful kitchen utensil for measuring spaghetti quantities
for 1–4 persons. Stainless steel. Length 18 cm,
width 6 cm.
item no. 101903 £ 8.50
7 Pasta Set with Noodle Machine
Everything you need to make homemade pasta. Pasta
set comprising noodle-making machine for the pasta
dough plus an attachment to create tagliatelle/fettuccine
and one for spaghetti/lasagnette, as well as a rolling
pin and a mould for 36 ravioli.
item no. 100787 £ 108.00
Noodle-Making Machine (not shown)
For preparing pasta dough as well as tagliatelle or fettuccine
(long pasta between 2 and 6.5 mm wide).
Height excl. attachment 13 cm. Height of the tagliatelle/fettuccine
attachment 5 cm.
item no. 100259 £ 59.00
8 Noodle Drying Rack
Made of beech with 12 drying rods, each measuring
14.7 cm in length. Overall height 33 cm. Max. noodle
length 52 cm.
1 Parmesan Grater with Drawer
The case and the drawer of the cheese grater
are made of oiled beech wood. The grater itself
is made from stainless steel. It is removable and
can therefore also be cleaned in the dishwasher.
With catch for bracing against the edge of the
table. Width 13.5 cm, length 27.3 cm, height
8.3 cm. Size of the grater 11 x 26 cm (with
handle). Weight 720 g.
item no. 105854 £ 39.00
2 Parmesan and Hard Cheese Slicer
How do you grate Parmesan into very delicate
slices to serve with carpaccio or rocket salad?
This cheese slicer from Italy provides an excellent
solution to the problem. Cut into one of the
two wooden feet is a catch so that the grater
can be braced against the edge of the table.
Then you simply put a plate underneath, slice
and catch the thinnest slices of parmesan or
other hard cheese. Made of beech wood, metal
parts rustproof. Length 30 cm, width 10.7 cm,
height 10.3 cm, weight 720 g.
item no. 105856 £ 29.00
3 Wooden Parmesan Grater
Very functional, made from solid beech wood.
The cheese is grated fine by a cylindrical grater,
which is suitable for any hard cheese or for grating
toasted bread. Height 19.4 cm, width with
handle 22.5 cm, depth 14.2 cm, weight 1.1 kg.
Made in Italy.
item no. 105855 £ 49.00
4 Cheese Grater Stainless Steel
We are very happy to include this grater in our
collection after the manufacturers went back to
the drawing board and finally produced a version
with a stainless steel handle. This grater will
also safely grate smaller chunks of cheese. It can
be completely dismantled, meaning that it is
easy to clean. The materials used are all dishwasher
safe. Height 12.6 cm, diameter of the
rotary grater 4.3 cm. Weight 370 g.
item no. 100126 £ 39.90
6 Chitarra Pasta Cutter
The Chitarra (Italian for “guitar”) is a traditional
device from the Abruzzo used for making pasta.
It is made of a beech wood frame which is
stringed with thin, zinc-coated steel wires at
regular intervals. The pasta dough is laid across
the wires and then pushed through them with
the rolling pin attached – it works on the same
principle as an egg slicer. Pasta with a rectangular
profile and rough, porous surfaces is produced,
which absorbs sauces especially well and is
particularly suited to meat sauces. For spaghetti
and macaroni alla chitarra. As the chitarra is
stringed on two sides with different widths,
5mm-wide fettuccini or 2.5 mm-wide linguine
can be made. The tension of the wires can be readjusted
with two screws. Height 9 cm, width
22 cm, length 49 cm, weight 1.3 kg. Rolling pin
diameter 4 cm, length 34 cm.
item no. 105857 £ 39.00
item no. 100786 £ 20.90 8
1 3-piece Food Preparation Set
Set of 3 stainless steel trays which can be hooked together. Ideal for coating
items with breadcrumbs, marinating meat etc. Dishwasher safe. 5-year manufacturer’s
guarantee. Tray 22 x 14.5 cm.
item no. 102650 £ 38.90
2 Egg Separator
Separates egg yolks from egg whites without causing a mess, and the eggs can
be cracked open easily on the edge of the device. Brushed stainless steel.
Sturdy construction – typical of Funke. Dishwasher safe. Length 16.5 cm, for
containers with a Ø of 7–15 cm. Weight 70 g.
item no. 103120 £ 8.90
3 Ball Whisk: better than electric
High-quality whisk made from rustproof stainless steel
with a wire ball and a ceramic ball for maximum efficiency.
With little effort, light and airy beaten egg
whites or whipped cream can be produced. When it
comes to folding in air, the ball whisk is far superior to
traditional whisks and electric beaters. Easy to clean, as
both the wire and ceramic balls can be removed from the
whisk. Dishwasher safe. Length 31 cm, diameter 6 cm.
item no. 102305 £ 19.95
4 Turning Tongs
Ideal for turning food or meats – particularly medallions
and vegetables. Serves a multitude of uses in the kitchen.
Stainless steel, 5-year guarantee, dishwasher safe.
Length 30.5 cm.
item no. 103403 £ 8.90
6 Drainer Sieve
This large stainless steel sieve can be placed directly on top of the sink in order
to wash lettuce, vegetables or to strain spaghetti. The handles can be extended
so that the sieve fits on to a sink top up to 55 cm in diameter. Non-slip rubber
feet not only stop the sieve from moving about but protects your worktop
surface too. The body framework also means that you can put the sieve
down on a worktop surface rather than just in the sink. Stainless steel.
Dishwasher safe. Length (min.) 35 cm, Height 10.5 cm, depth 25.5 cm, weight
item no. 101899 £ 32.90
7 Pan Strainer
Large handles mean that you can hold the
strainer on the top of the saucepan without
scalding yourself. The liquid drains away, and
the cooked items remain in the saucepan.
Stainless steel. Dishwasher safe. For pots up to
24 cm diameter, diameter 33.5 cm, height 1 cm,
weight 175 g.
item no. 101897 £ 16.90
5 Professional Quality Kitchen Sieves
These sieves also come from Funke, Germany, and come in four sizes with heavy-duty
mesh. Dishwasher safe and made of stainless steel. Manufacturer’s 3-year guarantee.
Sieve 75 mm
Also useful as a tea strainer, length 18 cm,
height 3 cm, 40 g.
item no. 101876 £ 9.50
Sieve 120 mm
Length 30 cm, height 5 cm, 180 g.
item no. 101877 £ 15.50
Sieve 190 mm
Length 40 cm, height 7 cm, 270 g.
item no. 101878 £ 23.50
Sieve 230 mm
Length 44 cm, height 9 cm, 320 g.
item no. 101879 £ 28.90
8 Stainless Steel Sieve Insert
Lay the insert in a bowl and put food on top. Excess
liquid and condensation drops into the base of the
bowl. 18/10 stainless steel, dishwasher safe, 5-year
guarantee, diameter 5 cm.
item no. 103404 £ 10.95
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
5 The Good Old Box Grater
Vertical grater in stainless steel with interior reinforcing
frame. Four different graters for grating and slicing
cheese, vegetables, potatoes and e.g cucumbers.
The grater has a sturdy round grip at the top.
Height 23.8 cm, base area 10.8 x 8.2 cm. Manufacturer:
Funke Bros., Germany.
item no. 105176 £ 19.90
6 Apple Corer & Divider
Core and slice the fruit into 10 even segments in one
go. Spot-welded rustproof stainless steel cutters.
Handles made of coated aluminium. Dishwasher
safe. 17 x 4 cm.
item no. 102765 £ 10.90
3 4 2
3 Avocado Slicer
A handy little tool for hollowing out an avocado half
and cutting it into serving slices at the same time.
Stainless steel, Santoprene handle. Dishwasher safe.
Length 18 cm, width 6.5 cm, weight 85 g.
item no. 101984 £ 22.90
4 Citrus Squeezer
Large stainless steel citrus fruit squeezer. Height 10 cm,
Ø 12 cm, width 17 cm, weight 250 g.
item no. 101896 £ 24.90
10 Giant Granite Mortar & Pestle
A large and heavy mortar which has been carved out of
granite. The heavy weight of 6.5 kg makes the mortar a
sturdy kitchen utensil. Spices, herbs and nuts can be
crushed on the rough surface, allowing the flavour to
unfold. The 700 ml capacity means that large quantities
of food can be accommodated, such as e.g. pesto alla
genovese. Contents includes granite pestle. Height
11 cm, diameter 21 cm.
item no. 104069 £ 39.90
11 Olive Wood Cooking Utensils
Objects made of olive wood give off a wonderful scent
and are very robust. Our cooking spoons are flattened
off at the end of the handle to stop the spoon from rolling
of the edge of a saucepan. Not dishwasher safe.
Cooking Spoon 30 cm item no. 102181 £ 13.95
Cooking Spoon 26 cm item no. 102180 £ 11.95
Cooking Spoon 20 cm item no. 102179 £ 8.95
Olive Wood Spatula item no. 102182 £ 7.95
1 Stainless Steel Salad Spinner
The spinner works on a cord pull mechanism which alternatively spins from left
to right and vice versa. This whisks away every last droplet of water from green
salads and is better than a device which spins in only one direction. The cord is
pulled by means of a rubber ring, which can otherwise be attached to the lid.
Everything can be taken apart to clean (dishwasher safe). A lid-tight cover
means that you can also store the prepared salad afterwards. Stainless steel lid
and bowl, insert made from polypropylene which is highly recommended with
foodstuffs. 5-year guarantee. Contents 3.25 l. Diameter 24.5 cm, height 15 cm,
weight 1.14 kg.
item no. 101372 £ 65.00
2 Multi-Purpose Opener
An indispensable little kitchen gadget for opening
screw lids up to 6.5 cm in diameter, crown
caps, screw-top bottles and tins of condensed
milk. Stainless steel. Length 16 cm.
item no. 104457 £ 12.50
7 Egg Slicer
Egg slicer with an ergonomically shaped handle
for both round and oval slices. Coated aluminium.
Individually strung cutting wires made
of rustproof stainless steel. Dishwasher safe.
8 x 13.5 cm.
item no. 102768 £ 8.90
8 Stainless Steel Egg Piercer
The marvellous thing about this kitchen gadget
is that it is made entirely of stainless steel. Hence
unbreakable, hygienic, and it always looks good.
Diameter 5.5 cm, height 3.5 cm. Casing is polished
stainless steel and base is brushed.
item no. 101173 £ 7.50
9 Meat Thermometer
The long probe is inserted directly into the roast.
Then simply read the temperature for different
types of meat to prevent overcooking.
Diameter 7 cm, length of probe 8.5 cm.
item no. 102398 £ 19.90
6 8 9
Cuisipro: No need to grate, these devices cut!
The blade technology of these kitchen items
has been taken from bark-stripping machines
used in the Canadian forest industry. The
blades are photo-etched rather than stamped
like most grating blades, thus cutting through
food rather than shredding it. The blades
remain sharp. Stainless steel with non-slip pad
on end for grating ease. Length 33 cm, width
7.5 cm, weight 160 g. Dishwasher safe.
1 Cuisipro 2-way Grater
Cuts cheese and vegetables with both up and
down movements. Ideal for cheese, cabbage
and root vegetables.
item no. 102653 £ 29.95
2 Cuisipro Fine Grater
Used for grating citrus fruit peel or nutmeg.
Dishwasher safe. Length 33 cm, width 7.5 cm,
weight 160 g.
item no. 102654 £ 29.95
Zwilling Kitchen Shears
The original Zwilling kitchen gadget was first presented by the company
Zwilling J.A. Henckels in 1938 and still sets the standard even today as a result
of its outstanding quality. The forged metal parts are made of ice-tempered,
rustproof special steel. A micro-serrated edge means that the scissors have a
good grip. The scissors are also useful for cutting paper, foil, cardboard,
flowers, cord etc., for opening bottle tops and screw tops. The shears can be
adjusted and retightened. Length 20 cm, width 6.5 cm, weight 140 g.
6 Matt-finished stainless steel handles
item no. 101491 £ 79.50
4 Pineapple Slicer
Effortlessly gets the flesh out of the pineapple, leaving
the husk behind. After cutting off the head of the
pineapple, the device is twisted into the flesh like a
corkscrew and then pulled out again. This way, you get
a pineapple spiral (diameter 8.5 cm) with no core, which
can then be served as desired. Dishwasher safe, 18/10
stainless steel slicer with removable plastic handle. For
medium-size pineapples (1.25 to 2.5 kg). Height 14 cm.
item no. 106908 £ 19.90
7 Black lacquered handles
item no. 101976 £ 44.50
8 Walnut Chopping Board
Chopping boards made of solid, bonded and oiled walnut wood. On the
underside there are two semi-circular grips milled in to the wood. Small silicone
feet prevent it from slipping. Walnut wood is a much sought-after precious
wood which can only be gathered when fruit trees are felled. The wood
is very durable, fine-grained, medium-hard and medium-heavy.
35 x 25 cm, weight 1.75 kg. item no. 105852 £ 49.00
45 x 30 cm, weight 2.8 kg. item no. 105853 £ 69.00
3 Cuisipro Parmesan Grater
The special thing about this parmesan grater is its rotating drum: it’s not made up
of a metal roller with holes punched in, as is common with other products, but a thin
steel sheet which has tiny blades cut into it in a chemical process. The result is
gloriously powdery parmesan. The grater can also be used to grate chocolate. It can
be completely taken apart for cleaning and is dishwasher safe. The handle and lever
have a non-slip layer; the rest of the device is finished in satinised polycarbonate.
Height 9 cm, width with handle 13.8 cm, length 17.5 cm, weight 190 g.
item no. 106869 £ 34.95
5 Royal VKB Garlic Crusher
Conventional garlic presses press out the garlic. The
remainder, with its juice extracted, stays in the press
and is usually discarded. The garlic crusher crushes the
garlic with a simple rolling motion. Crushed in this
way, the garlic develops a particularly intense flavour.
The garlic crusher can then be washed under running
water. As it is made entirely of stainless steel, it works
like stainless steel soap and removes garlic odour
from the hands. Diameter 3.6 cm, width 18 cm,
weight 300 g.
item no. 106873 £ 16.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
10 Original Güde Knife Block Set
Includes sharpening steel, meat fork, bread knife, 21 cm chef’s knife, carving knife,
fillet knife, paring knife and peeling knife. Save £ 144.00 off individual prices!
item no. 100274 £ 499.00
Güde Knife Block (not shown)
item no. 100269 £ 65.00
15 Town Talk Orange Oil Wax
Town Talk Polish has been producing polishes and
cleansing agents for more than 100 years. This nourishing
wax is made from beeswax, carnauba wax as
well as oil taken from orange zest. It preserves
untreated wooden surfaces, such as chopping boards,
wooden bowls or tables and infuses them with a
refreshing smell of freshly peeled oranges. Contents
item no. 102096 £ 11.50 (£ 7.67 / 100 g)
Beech Wood Chopping Boards
We have selected four different boards of oiled beech wood for you, in different
dimensions and for different purposes.
11 Chopping Board 50 x 40 cm
With lateral canals for collecting juices and recessed ends. Made of particularly
sturdy end grain beech wood. Extremely useful as a board for carving roasts
or poultry. Height 50 mm, weight 7 kg.
item no. 101342 £ 62.00
Solid Steel Knives from Franz Güde, Solingen
These exceptional knives are each forged using
a complete piece of chrome vanadium molybdenum
steel. Rustproof, ice-tempered, sharpened
by hand, dishwasher safe. As a result of the
net weight, these knives have a firm grip and cut
easily. The slight bulge at the end of the handle
give the knives a non-slip grip, an important
feature and an absolute must for any professional
1 Güde Sharpening Steel
Length 32 cm, weight 436 g.
item no. 100268 £ 78.00
2 Güde Meat Fork
The meat fork is used for turning over large
pieces of meat in a pan or as a carving set when
used together with the carving knife. The long,
conical-shaped prongs penetrate easily into
meat. Length 27 cm, weight 260 cm.
item no. 100267 £ 72.00
3 Güde Bread Knife solid steel
Bread knives have a relatively long and serrated
edge in order to cut into a fresh loaf. The advantage
of the length is that the hard crust is torn
open, while the soft centre is cut into slices.
Length 31.5 cm, blade 20 cm, weight 280 g.
item no. 100265 £ 85.00
4 Güde Chef’s Knife 21 cm blade
Cuts raw meat, fish and vegetables. The heavy
blade of a chef’s knife is great for chopping
herbs or cutting up onions. Length 31.5 cm,
blade 21 cm. Weight 304 g.
item no. 100266 £ 98.00
5 Güde Chef’s Knife 16 cm blade
Length 27.5 cm, weight 270 g.
item no. 101493 £ 88.00
6 Güde Carving Knife
As the name suggests, the carving knife is used
for carving raw and cooked meats. The meat
fibres are not torn apart by this knife and a roast
does not lose much of its own natural juices.
Length 31.5 cm, blade 21 cm. Weight 270 g.
item no. 100264 £ 75.00
7 Güde Fillet Knife
This knife is a real gem to fillet and moves easily
along the backbone and under the skin of fish
as well as preparing veal. The fillet knife has a
flexible blade which cuts away fat and tendons
from a piece of meat very easily. Length 26.5 cm,
blade 16 cm. Weight 230 g.
item no. 100263 £ 72.00
8 Güde Paring Knife
For preparing vegetables and onions or cutting
boned meat. Length 20.5 cm, blade 10 cm.
Weight 118 g.
item no. 100262 £ 49.00
9 Güde Peeling Knife
Length 17.5 cm, blade 7 cm. Weight 110 g.
item no. 100261 £ 49.00
12 Chopping Board with Knife Drawer
Oiled beech chopping board with lateral channels.
The built-in drawer can hold a knife measuring
up to 36 x 5 cm, 2 knives up to 36 x 3.5 cm
and 2 knives up to 25.5 x 3 cm. Just turn the
handle to lock the drawer. It has been made in
such a way to ensure that the drawer cannot be
pulled out completely. With bottom plastic runners.
Length 42.5 cm, width 30.5 cm, height
5.5 cm. Weight 3.8 kg.
item no. 101339 £ 68.00
13 Chopping Board w. Collect. Rim 40 x 30 cm
Made of beech. With lateral channels for collecting
juices and recessed ends. Height 37 mm,
weight 2.6 kg. For carving roasts or cutting bread.
item no. 101341 £ 24.95
14 Wooden Chopping Board 35 x 23 cm
Made of beech wood. Smooth surface. For cutting
bread or ham, or also useful as a cheese
board. Height 18 mm, weight 1.1 kg.
item no. 101340 £ 9.90
KAI Shun Damascus Steel Knives
High-quality Japanese knives are harder than
similar European ones and can therefore be
ground to a more acute angle. For this reason,
the Japanese knives are also thinner. Because
they are thinner and ground to a smaller angle,
they glide easily through produce. Damascus
steel is forged in several layers laid over one
another. The various layers are can be seen in
the finished blade as a type of grain. This production
method is not for decorative purposes.
The outer, softer layers are forged around a
particularly hard centre and the finished blade
is therefore flexible and suitable for all purposes.
These kitchen knives from the Shun range
by the leading Japanese cutler KAI are made
from Damascus steel with 32 layers. The inner
layer is made of V-Gold-10 steel. This steel is
extremely resistant to corrosion, very hard (61±
1 HRC, 1.0% carbon, 1.5% cobalt) and makes
the blade uniquely sharp and retains the sharpness
of the blade. Every knife is hand-ground.
The techniques used come from the Japanese
Samurai art of sword making. The handles are
made from laminated Pakka wood with a light
cross section for a safe grip. The blade is anchored
within the handle along its whole
length, which allows for a high level of stability
and control when cutting.
1 KAI Chef's Knife 25 cm
For cleaning, cutting and chopping cabbage,
vegetables and herbs. Length 37 cm, length of
blade 25 cm, weight 250 g.
item no. 105759 £ 191.00
2 KAI Ham Slicer
For even and gentle slicing of raw and cooked
meat, roasts and hams, even in thin slices. Length
36 cm, length of blade 22.8 cm, weight 190 g.
item no. 105757 £ 159.00
3 KAI Santoku Knife
The Japanese all-purpose chef's knife. Santoku
means the knife of three virtues, which means
it is equally suitable for fish, meat and vegetables.
Length 31.1 cm, length of blade 17.4 cm,
weight 210 g.
item no. 105755 £ 165,00
4 KAI Scalloped Santoku Knife
The scalloped edge helps to reduce the friction
between the blade and produce by creating an
air cushion. The produce is therefore less likely
to stick to the blade. Length 31.1 cm, length of
blade 17.4 cm, weight 210 g.
item no. 105756 £ 169,00
5 KAI Chef's Knife 15 cm
For cleaning, cutting and chopping cabbage,
vegetables and herbs. Length 26.5 cm, length
of blade 15 cm, weight 135 g.
item no. 105758 £ 159,00
6 KAI All-purpose Knife 15 cm
For preparing all types of vegetables. The allpurpose
knife was designed specially for cutting
decorative ornaments from vegetables. Length
26.5 cm, length of blade 15 cm, weight 85 g.
item no. 105754 £ 105,00
7 KAI All-purpose Knife
For peeling, cutting, cleaning and garnishing
fruit and vegetables, for preparing meat by
removing fat and sinews or by studding. Length
20.3 cm, length of blade 9 cm, weight 65 g.
item no. 105753 £ 95,00
11 Magnetic Bar
This magnetic metal bar can be used for storing
knives or any other suitable kitchen utensils
made of metal. Two strong magnetic bars have
been built into the stainless steel frame. Length
35.5 cm, height 6 cm, depth 1.3 cm; screws and
dowels included. Manufacturer’s 5-year guarantee.
item no. 101890 £ 19.90
8 KAI Knife Grinder
Two ceramically bound grindstones with a different
grain on a rubber block. Course grain 300 grit, fine
grain 1000 grit. Respective dimensions: height 1.5 cm,
width 6.3 cm, length 18.1 cm. Total weight 820 g.
item no. 105760 £ 62,00
10 Steel Safety Glove
The glove is made of stainless steel mesh and offers ultimate
cut and puncture protection. In butcher’s shops or
meat processing factories workers often cover the entire
arm or upper part of the body with the same material
as used for this safety glove. The glove conforms to
the EU Directive on food hygiene. Universal size, the
width of the cuff is adjustable. Suitable for both righthanded
and left-handed users. Weight 190 g.
item no. 103846 £ 112.50
9 KAI Oak Drawer Inset
Drawer inlay made of solid oak for up to 5 KAI knives.
Ideal for all knives with a blade length of up to 36 cm.
Handle tray made from a matt aglet. Anti-slip silicone
feet. Height 6.3 cm, width 16.1 cm, length 42.2 cm,
weight 2.2 kg.
item no. 105761 £ 139.00
www.torquato.co.uk Tableware & Kitchenware
1 Weylux Traditional Scales
For enthusiastic cooks and a highlight in any kitchen.
Weylux scales have been manufactured in
England since 1862. The casing is made of solid
cast aluminium, the bearings, pivots and other
parts are made of stainless steel. For weighing
out items, weights are put on to the scale and
the food item is gradually placed in the pan
until the weight has been reached and the food
item and weight are balanced. The weights are
graduated in 5 g. Stainless steel weighing pan,
28 x 18 cm. Made in Great Britain. Width 32.5
cm, depth 28.6 cm, height 17 cm, weight 2 kg.
item no. 102222 £ 118.00
2 Set of Weylux Weights
Set of solid brass or cast iron weights. Comprises
1 x 500, 100, 50, 10 and 5 g, 2 x 200 g and 2 x
20 g. Total weight 1 kg.
item no. 102223 £ 19.50
item no. 101862 £ 29.95
3 Salter Kitchen Scales
Body and pan are made of polished stainless steel.
Display in both kg and British pounds and ounces.
Large, readable scale with 15 cm. 25 g sensitivity. 5 kg
capacity. Very sturdy steel mechanism. Non-slip feet.
Size: width 18 cm x depth 14 cm x height 28 cm incl.
weighing pan diameter of the weighing pan 23 cm.
Total weight 1.8 kg. Comes with manufacturer’s 10-year
item no. 101861 £ 49.95
4 Salter Digital Kitchen Scales
An attractive electronic scale from Salter, the English
manufacturer of scales. The device has an automatic
zero and shut-off, add and weigh facility and a display
for insufficient battery voltage. Comes with one longlife
lithium battery. 2g sensitivity (5 g as from 2 kg).
Capacity up to 5 kg. Height 2 cm, size 19 x 19 cm, weight
560 g. 10-year guarantee.
5 Wall Clock with Egg Timer
The body of this kitchen wall clock is made of solid cast
aluminium. The Swiss clock mechanism is powered by
batteries (1 x AA battery, not included). The quality of
the mechanical timer is just as good as any other cast
aluminium egg timer. It is held in place by a magnet,
but can also be taken out if required. Height 25.5 cm,
width 19 cm, diameter clock 19 cm, diameter timer
6 cm, total weight 1.1 kg.
item no. 101800 £ 79.90
7 “Egg Perfect” Egg Timer
This timer made of acrylic glass absorbs the heat just
like a real chicken’s egg. That is the reason why “Egg
Perfect” works irrespective of the temperature outside
and the number of eggs or the water. A colour-changing
sensor inside shows the heat by changing colour
between a bright red and a dark chestnut brown.
item no. 103124 £ 8.90
8 Dual Timer
Generally, cooking times are different for different
items on the menu. This dual timer will enable you to
keep your eyes on both. The product is made of cast
aluminium, one 60-minute and one 20-minute timer.
Size: 6 x 12 x 7 cm, weight 360 g.
item no. 103115 £ 35.90
9 Aluminium Timer
Designed just like a road cruiser from the 50s. A mechanical
timer made in Sweden with a precision clock
mechanism from Switzerland. 8.3 x 10.5 x 5.3 cm.
item no. 100691 £ 25.00
6 Digital Kitchen Timer
The timer counts down from the required set
time from up to 99 minutes. The previously set
time is suggested by the timer the next time it is
used. It also has a stopwatch function with interims.
Requires a 1.5 V AAA battery (included).
Housing in polished aluminium. Height 6 cm,
breadth 8 cm, depth 7 cm, weight 265 g. From
item no. 105355 £ 27.50
1 Margrete Bowl
A design classic from Denmark
These mixing bowls were designed in 1950 by
industrial designer Sigvard Bernadotte, the
uncle of the Danish queen Margrethe, and the
architect Acton Bjørn. Melamine receptacles
from Rosti enjoyed great popularity from the
50s to the 70s and today are considered
modern classics. The Museum of Modern Art in
New York has examples in its permanent collection.
In 1997, the Danish post office brought
out a stamp in honour of the Margrethe bowls.
Melamine is a plastic made of cellulose and
rock flour. The bowls have a non-slip rubber
ring on the underside.
Melamine Mixing Jug, 1 litre £ 9.80
Height: 16.5 cm, diameter 10.3 cm, weight 290 g.
White item no. 102693 Black item no. 106772
Red item no. 103709
Melamine Mixing Bowl, 3 litres £ 12.80
Height 13 cm, diameter 21.5 cm, weight 540 g.
White item no. 102691 Black item no. 106773
Red item no. 103707
Melamine Mixing Bowl, 4 litres £ 14.90
Heigh 13.5 cm, diameter 24 cm, weight 730 g.
White item no. 102692 Black item no. 106774
Red item no. 103708
Melamine Mixing Bowl, 5 litres £ 16.90
Height 14.2 cm, diameter 24,2 cm, weight 820 g.
White item no. 106770 Black item no. 106769
Red item no. 106771
2 Lid for Mixing Bowls
The lid hermetically seals the Margrethe mixing bowls,
even at the handle and spout. Odours do not dissipate
and food does not dry out. Made of transparent polyethylene
plastic. Not dishwasher safe.
Lid for Mixing Jug item no. 106778 £ 1.90
Lid for Bowl 3 l item no. 106775 £ 2.50
Lid for Bowl 4 l item no. 106776 £ 2.90
Lid for Bowl 5 l item no. 106777 £ 3.50
3 Margrethe Cooking spoons
Like the Margrethe mixing bowls, they are made of melamine and so are just as
robust. The great advantage of these spoons over wooden ones is that they are dishwasher
safe up to 180 °C, have a totally neutral taste and do not absorb moisture.
Pointed Cooking Spoon: Length 29.5 cm, weight 38 g. £ 2.95
Black item no. 106760 White item no. 106761 Red item no. 106762
Melamine Cooking Spoon with Hole: Length 30.5 cm, weight 42 g. £ 2.95
Black item no. 106766 White item no. 106767 Red item no. 106768
Round Cooking Spoon: Length 27 cm, wight 32 g. £ 2.95
Black item no. 106763 White item no. 106764 Red item no. 106765
4 Melamine Egg-Yolk Separator
Works according to a simple, but safe principle: carefully
pour in the whole contents of a cracked egg; the yolk
lands in a small bowl, while all the egg white drips
down over the edge. The egg yolk separator should be
affixed to the edge of a Margrethe mixing bowl for best
results. White melamine. Width 5.5 cm, length 10 cm.
item no. 106779 £ 3.95
5 Flat-Edge Wooden Spoon
There is nothing that can’t be improved – thanks to its
characteristic form, this spoon made of maple wood is
perfect for scraping the bottom and sides of pots. It can
also be used like a spatula for sautéing strips of meat.
Width 6 cm, length 27 cm, weight 36 g.
item no. 105764 £ 6.50
6 Twirled Egg Beater
Egg beater made of rustproof stainless steel. The wire
mesh is covered with a thread-like twirled silicone layer.
The silicone covering increases the level of friction
when beating eggs, which means the desired result is
achieved more quickly. Heat resistant up to 300 °C and
safe to use with kitchen utensils, thanks to the silicone
covering. With hook to hang up. Length 33.5 cm,
weight 150 g.
item no. 105763 £ 24.95
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Tableware & Kitchenware
2 Storage Jars from Anchor Hocking
Storage jars made from robust glass. With the plastic seal, the contents are hermetically
sealed. Its square base means optimum use of space is achieved. The jars are
stackable, and the four different sizes available can be combined with each other
as you wish. Base 10.8 x 10.8 cm. Made in Ohio, USA.
0.9 litres, height 12.5 cm,
weight 930 g.
item no. 100846 £ 9,90
1.4 litres, height 18.5 cm,
weight 1.2 kg.
item no. 100847 £ 12.90
1.9 litres, height 23 cm,
weight 1.4 kg.
item no. 100848 £ 14.90
2.5 litres, height 30 cm,
weight 1.8 kg.
item no. 100849 £ 19.90
1 Aluminium Storage Jars
These storage jars are found in most Italian households. They are made of a
single piece of aluminium and thus are light, rustproof and unbreakable.
Although it cannot be said that the glass version with aluminium lid is unbreakable,
it has the advantage of being able to see the contents inside. Thanks to
a plastic seal the glass storage jars are virtually airtight.
Capacity/ml Ø/cm Height/cm Weight/g Item no. £
matt small 750 11.0 18.0 145 101412 10.90
matt large 1.750 13.8 21.0 230 101413 16.90
shiny small 750 11.8 18.0 145 101414 15.90
shiny large 1.750 13.8 21.0 230 101415 22.90
glass small 750 11.0 16.0 310 101416 11.90
glass large 1.000 11.0 19.0 390 101417 13.90
3 Stainless Steel Storage Box
These stainless steel storage containers were created for use in bars and restaurants.
The high quality of the material used means that it does not smell of
the food it has been storing and is easy to clean. Small or large amounts of
leftovers can be stored in the four differently sized containers. As a result of
the square shape and the slight indent in the lid, the containers can be stored
efficiently in the refrigerator. Stainless steel. Made in Italy.
Capacity 0.5 litre
Size: 9.5 x 9.5 x 6 cm,
weight 120 g.
item no. 100905 £ 16.50
Capacity 1 litre
Size: 19.5 x 9.5 x 6 cm,
weight 240 g.
item no. 100906 £ 22.50
Capacity 2 litre
Size: 19.5 x 19.5 x 6 cm,
weight 430 g.
item no. 100907 £ 29.90
Capacity 3 litre
Size: 29.5 x 19.5 x 6 cm,
weight 800 g.
item no. 100908 £ 54.90
4 Stackable Fruit & Vegetable Box
The slatted base enables air to circulate around the fruit, potatoes etc. in order
to prevent these items becoming mouldy. The front side is only half the height
of the back in order to be able to get at the stored items and to take a look
inside from time to time. Boxes have a built-in groove on the sides so they can
be stacked easily. Height 16 cm, width 33 cm, depth 50 cm. Weight 2.8 kg.
Beech wood. Made in Germany.
item no. 103163 £ 26.00
5 Porcelain Refrigerator Bottle
This bottle is easy to store inside the fridge door thanks
to its slim shape. The rubber seal on the porcelain stopper
prevents the contents from absorbing the typical
fridge- like smell. The porcelain insulates the contents,
meaning that it stays cooler for longer when taken out
of the fridge. Ideal for juices, milk etc. Height 23.5 cm,
size 10 x 10 cm, capacity 1.2 l, weight 880 g. Made in
item no. 100954 £ 48.00
The Charlotte Watson Storage Jar Collection
“For all culinary purposes”. With their black
lettering on cream-coloured glaze, these jars
evoke country life in England at the end of the
19th century. Capacity ranges from 0.8 l to 1.6 l
(biscuits and flour). Black varnished lid made of
beech with a rubber lip. Lead-free glaze.
Dishwasher safe (except lid). Size 12 x 12 cm,
height 14–19 cm (biscuits and flour), weight
790 g–900 g.
1 Biscuit Jar item no. 100405 £ 30.90
2 Flour Jar item no. 100403 £ 30.90
3 Jar for Kitchen Utensils
Height: 16 cm, diameter of neck 9 cm,
weight 640 g. item no. 100409 £ 19.95
4 Salt Pig
Size: 13.5 x 10 cm, height 18 cm,
weight 730 g. item no. 100399 £ 25.90
5 Coffee Jar item no. 101575 £ 19.95
6 Tea Jar item no. 101574 £ 19.95
7 Sugar Jar item no. 101576 £ 19.95
8 Charlotte Watson Garlic Pot
Height: 13 cm, 10.5 x 10.5 cm,
weight 600 g. item no. 101959 £ 19.95
9 Charlotte Watson Spaghetti Jar
Height: 33 cm, 10.5 x 10.5 cm,
weight 1.4 kg. item no. 100408 £ 39.95
13 For serving home-made jam at the table
Preserve Jar with Lid
This jar is ideal for foods which are eaten at the
table, e.g. jam, cinnamon sugar, mustard or
chutney. It can be kept in the pantry or refrigerator
with its food-safe plastic lid on. Made in
France. Volume 500 ml. Height 9.7 cm, diameter
9.8 cm, weight 300 g.
item no. 105316 £ 3.90
14 Glass Refrigerator Jars from Anchor Hocking
These stackable storage containers are produced
in Ohio in a 1930s style. The thick glass is
very sturdy and keeps food cool for a while
even after being taken out of the fridge. In
addition, glass is better to clean than any other
material and does not get that fridge-like
smell. Height with lid: 9 cm each. Dishwasher
safe. Hurry, while stocks last!
1 2 3 4
6 7 8
10 Charlotte Watson Butter Dish
Length 14.5 cm, width 11 cm, height 9.5 cm. 530 g.
item no. 101577 £ 22.90
11 Henry Watson Butter Dish
The butter is kept cool thanks to evaporative cooling.
Just the right thing for breakfast in the summer sun.
Length 13.2 cm, width 10 cm, height 9 cm. 530 g.
item no. 100398 £ 38.50
12 Charlotte Watson Toast Rack
Height 7 cm, width 14.5 cm, depth 8.5 cm. 460 g.
item no. 101958 £ 24.95
Large Storage Container (1/1)
Capacity 2.8 l, 21.5 x 21.5 cm, weight 2.62 kg.
item no. 101544 £ 24.00
Medium Storage Container (1/2)
Capacity 1.2 l, 21.5 x 11.4 cm, weight 1.33 kg.
item no. 101545 £ 19.50
Small Storage Container (1/4)
Capacity 530 ml, 11.4 x 11.4 cm, weight 760 g.
item no. 101546 £ 18.00
15 Jena Glass Storage Jars
These storage jars in heatproof borosilicate glass are
stackable and close to keep the aromas in, with their
silicone seal in the stainless steel lid. The non-porous
glass is guaranteed to remain odour-neutral. After use,
just wash once in the dishwasher and then fill with
something completely different – the jar will maintain
its odour-neutrality every time.
Capacity 1.4 litres, height 18.5 cm, diameter 11 cm.
item no. 105185 £ 14.95
Capacity 0.9 litres, height 12 cm, diameter 11 cm.
item no. 105184 £ 12.95
Capacity 0.5 litres, height 7 cm, 11 cm.
item no. 105183 £ 9.95
Large Spice Jar
Capacity 400 ml, height 11 cm, 9 cm.
item no. 105182 £ 12.95
2 Small Spice Jars
Capacity 200 ml, neight 5.5 cm, 9 cm.
item no. 105181 £ 19.90
16 Olive Oil Storage Jar
This container is just the thing for storing larger quantities
of fluids. Besides olive oil – which is the item
stored most of all in this container in Italy – it is used
for storing homemade vinegar or syrup. Made of
stainless steel which is ideal for storage and is hygienic.
Screw-top opening, diameter 13 cm, height 21.5
cm, width 26 cm, depth 27.5 cm, diameter 23 cm,
weight 1.4 kg. Made in Italy by Sansone from Lecce.
item no. 102093 £ 89.00
www.torquato.co.uk House & Home
3 Bussolari Magazine Rack
Interior measurements of each compartment: height 24 cm, width 32.5 cm, depth
10.5 cm. Exterior measurements: height 25 cm, width 35 cm, depth 25 cm, weight
White item no. 104304 £ 148.00
Red item no. 104305 £ 148.00
Black item no. 105722 £ 148.00
4 Burl Wood Photo Frames
These high-quality frames are made completely out of wood. In front, the frame is
veneered with burl wood and varnished with a high-gloss lacquer. The back plate
with spring cap closure and stand is also made of wood. As with the other frames,
they can be displayed either in landscape or portrait format. Made in France.
For photos measuring 10 x 15 cm item no. 104369 £ 24.90
For photos measuring 13 x 18 cm item no. 104370 £ 28.90
Bussolari – high-quality lacquered furniture from Italy
Our supplier in Bologna used to be a photo frame manufacturer – probably
one of the best in Italy. The company also produces furniture in top-quality
fibre materials, which are ground, primed and varnished with a high-gloss lacquer
in several complex processing steps.
1 Bussolari Side Tables
Set of two side tables. The smaller one is a complete square and stands on a
small base. Large table measures: height 51 cm, width 46 cm, depth 28 cm,
weight 4.8 kg. Small table measures: height 41 cm, width 37 cm, depth 28 cm,
weight 4.8 kg.
White item no. 104302 £ 298.00
Red item no. 104303 £ 298.00
Black item no. 105721 £ 298.00
2 Bussolari Wall Shelves
Shelves for wall mounting, but can also stand on an even floor. Highly decorative.
Frequently used for storing CDs. Shelves at 15 cm intervals. Height 102 cm,
width 30 cm, depth 18 cm, weight 10.2 kg.
White item no. 104300 £ 239.00
Red item no. 104301 £ 239.00
Black item no. 105720 £ 239.00
5 Burl Wood Photo Boxes
Boxes for business cards, cufflinks, stiffeners, jewellery, etc. Veneered on the
outside with burl wood with a high-gloss finish. Lined on the inside with brown
velour. Photos can be placed behind the glass inside the hinged lid from
For photos 10 x 15 cm. Dimensions 4.5 x 13 x 18 cm. Depth inside 2.3 cm.
item no. 105744 £ 69.90
For photos 13 x 18 cm. Dimensions 4.5 x 16 x 21 cm. Depth inside 2.3 cm.
item no. 105745 £ 79.90
1 Glossy White Coffee Table Set
Simple and elegant coffee table with two small additional tables. Made from
steam-bent laminated wood (birch, lime and poplar) with white high-gloss
finish. The two smaller tables double the amount of table surface. When not
in use, they can be stored out of sight under the large table.
Table size 1: Height 36 cm, width 50 cm, length 90 cm, weight 6.4 kg.
Table size 2: Height 32 cm, width 36 cm, length 40 cm, weight 2.3 kg.
item no. 106813 £ 289.00
This lap tray can be used as a portable table for eating on the sofa, working
on a laptop or for breakfast in bed. The cotton cushion is filled with granules
that fits around the shape of the legs and holds the tray in place. The tray features
a shallow raised border around the sides and a depression for keeping a
glass or cup of tea steady. The cushion is stuck to the tray with Velcro, so it can
be removed for washing (washable to 40 °C, the cushion should be unzipped
and the filling removed before washing). Tray made of lacquered willow
wood. Height 7 cm, width 46 cm, depth 38 cm, weight 940 g. Made in Sweden.
3 White / Natural item no. 106456 £ 49.00
4 Black / Black item no. 106455 £ 49.00
5 White / Red item no. 106454 £ 49.00
7 Pizzo Occasional Table
A small occasional table in a modern classical design
made from a square, matt enamelled steel frame with a
stained oak tabletop which can be removed. Height
52 cm, size 40 x 40 cm. Weight of top 2.3 kg.
item no. 105835 £ 225.00
2 White Club Coffee Table
A coffee table with a simple, modest shape which catches the eye with its solid,
thick-walled construction and the high-gloss white finish. Made entirely from solid
MDF. Height 40 cm, width 60 cm, length 120 cm. Weight 34 kg.
item no. 106814 £ 349.00
6 "Change It" Photo Trays
Board with inlaid acrylic glass plate. Under the plate there is space for a photo, an
invitation, drawings, postcards or other paper keepsakes up to A4 size. Through a
hole in the bottom of the tray, the tightly fitting plate can be taken out easily. Made
of lacquered MDF. Height 5 cm, width 23 cm, length 32 cm.
White item no. 105959 £ 25.00
Black item no. 105957 £ 25.00
Red item no. 105958 £ 25.00
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline House & Home
6 Gilroy Companions Paper Bin
Rear view of an angler with dog and fish returning from
the river, painted by Professor John Gilroy (1898–1985)
who is known mainly for his designs for Guinness
advertising campaigns over the decades.
item no. 106884 £ 49.90
7 Pompeii Wastepaper Basket
Ancient design: wall painting from the destroyed town
of Pompeii laminated onto a black wastepaper bin.
item no. 100372 £ 49.90
8 Still Life Wastepaper Basket
Still life with fruit, a painting by Jan van Huysum from
the 17th century on a black wastepaper bin.
item no. 100369 £ 49.90
9 Racehorse Wastepaper Basket
The grey English racehorse "Gimcrack" on a red wastepaper
item no. 100363 £ 49.90
Wastepaper Baskets from Lady Clare
For decades, this manufacturer has been famous for its
high-quality table sets. Prints on finned paper are laminated
to these colorlacquered, metal wastepaper tins and are
finally the entire bin is coated with a protective varnish.
Height 27.9 cm.
1 Gould Ducks Wastepaper Basket
Pair of wild ducks on water from a lithograph by the English artist John Gould,
laminated onto a green waste paper bin.
item no. 100374 £ 49.90
Block Colour Wastepaper Baskets
2 Blue item no. 101522 £ 49.90
3 Red item no. 101523 £ 49.90
4 Black item no. 101515 £ 49.90
5 Green item no. 101519 £ 49.90
Leather Goods from Lady Clare
The leather articles of Lady Clare are covered with dark brown leather and the
edges are furnished with robust as well as characteristic seams.
10 Leather Wastepaper Basket
Wastepaper bin in the shape of an inverse pyramid. Height 30 cm, width 21 cm,
depth 21 cm.
item no. 103659 £ 49.90
11 Leather Tray
Large tray measuring 46 x 36cm with built-in handles. The 6cm high brim is
advantageous for the transport of glasses and drinks.
item no. 103660 £ 69.90
12 Kleenex Box with Leather Cover
This box is open at the bottom and serves to cover the commercial cosmetic
tissue box packaging, measuring 23 x 12.5 cm.
item no. 103656 £ 29.90
Solid brass products from Lower Saxony
The following solid brass products are produced in a small metal workshop
that still practises its craft according to traditional methods. A metal spinner
creates all sorts of round and hollow shapes out of a flat metal disc. A girdler
then presses, chases, solders and polishes the metal. None of the products
made for us are coated with a protective lacquer. Although this gives a degree
of protection against oxidation with time and use, this cracks and flakes off,
so the surface gets scratched and becomes dirty and unsightly because the the
brass tarnishes in these spots and is difficult to properly clean or polish.
Without the lacquer, the brass simply develops a lovely patina and can be
polished to a high shine if you want.
1 Blaker Mirror, One Arm
Width 22 cm, height 29.5 cm, 480 g.
item no. 100685 £ 99.00
2 Blaker Mirror, Two Arms
Width 22 cm, height 29.5 cm, 560 g.
item no. 100684 £ 119.00
3 Lüneburg Blaker, One Arm
Width 22 cm, height 30 cm, 540 g.
item no. 100683 £ 149.00
4 Blaker Mirror, Two Arms
Width 22 cm, height 29.5 cm, 560 g.
item no. 100682 £ 159.00
1 3 4
5 Rowenta Butler Slim
Protects fingers with its baton design. For candles,
ovens, fireplaces and also for cigar and
pipe smokers. Electronic quartz ignition with
slide control. Chrome-plated and brushed brass
casing. Length 18.5 cm, diameter 1.5 cm,
weight 60 g.
item no. 105068 £ 29.90
8 Brass Matchstick Box Case
For standard matchstick boxes, the sort you still
get in cigarette kiosks. Solid brass. Made in
Germany. Height 1.7 cm, width 5.3 cm, depth
3.6 cm, weight 30 g.
item no. 102024 £ 19.00
12 Brass Flower Cache Pot
Beaten to shape from brass, not cast. From
Lower Saxony. The polished brass is untreated
and needs occasional care. Height 15.5 cm,
diameter 18.5 cm, weight 776 g.
item no. 102022 £ 95.00
7 Wood Wool Kindling
Approx. 9 cm rolls twisted from paraffin-soaked wood
wool. Simply light one end and place between the firewood
or coal. Please ensure sufficient air flow. Burns for
approx. 8 to 10 minutes. Only from FSC-certified Swiss
wood and paraffin. Won't taint grilled fish or sausages
with unpleasant odours. Contents 390 g, approx.
item no. 105308 £ 8.90
9 Brass Candle Holder
Biedermeier shape. Top Ø 6 cm, base Ø 10.5 cm, height
16.5 cm. Weight 185 g.
item no. 102023 £ 44.00
10 Pair of Brass Bookends
Heavy bookends in thick, polished brass metal. Height
14 cm, width 9 cm, depth 6.5 cm, weight 300 g.
item no. 102025 £ 55.00
11 House Watering Cans
These small 1-litre watering cans are accurately based on the famous English
"long reach" watering cans with their characteristic long neck. They are excellently
balanced and make very targeted dispensing of water possible. With
the long filler tube, the water does not slosh out even when deeply tilted.
Made from pure copper or brass sheet. A brass sprinkler is also included.
Volume 1 litre. Length 35 cm, diameter 11.3 cm, height 15.5 cm, weight 350 g.
item no. 104734 £ 58.00 item no. 104735 £ 58.00
6 Universal Lighter, Extra Long
Extra long universal lighter made of brushed metal
from Carl Mertens. Very well suited to lighting burntout
candles in high-up lanterns or in all situations
where a little distance from the fire would be welcome.
Uses standard lighter gas. Width 15 mm,
length 35.3 cm, weight 50 g.
item no. 106803 £ 39.90
www.torquato.co.uk House & Home
Zylindro and Tubo Ceiling Lamps
A captivatingly simple lamp. The nickel-plated E27
socket is mounted centrally in a glass cylinder. The lamp
hangs from a steel cable. Electricity supplied via a
transparent cable. Includes a silver-coloured lacquered
canopy. Cable length allows max. 1.50 m distance from
1 Zylindro: height 20 cm, Ø 12 cm, weight 1 kg.
item no. 105851 £ 125.00
2 Tubo: height 23 cm, Ø 30 cm, weight 1.9 kg.
item no. 105850 £ 195.00
The original light bulb.
Carbon Filament Bulb, E27, 60W.
item no. 105849 £ 24.90
7 "Dortmund" Hanging Lamp
A lamp made of sheet steel to light up larger rooms as well. Porcelain lamp holder E27
standard light bulbs up to 100 W, suspended from a nickel-plated chain with aluminium
body plus black fabric-covered cable, 1.50 m long. With black metal baldachin to
cover the connector. Height 34 cm, Ø 35 cm, weight 1.1 kg.
item no. 101363 £ 238.00
3 Soho Ceiling Lamp
Elegant ceiling lamp with matt black lacquered or highgloss
white metal shade which is specially constructed
to give off very soft and gentle light: beneath the bulb
there is a reflector which initially casts the light on to
the inside of the shade which features matt silver
grooves. With black and white fabric cable and ceiling
mount. For E27 bulbs, max. 150 W. Diameter 30 cm,
height 29 cm.
Matt Black item no. 106811 £ 155.00
Glossy White item no. 106810 £ 155.00
4 Wall + Ceiling Light Eintopf
When you move into a new house or flat, the first priority
is to provide light in all the rooms, with whatever is
available if need be. Over the years, the naked light
bulbs that had been used temporarily become a permanent
fixture. This lamp can be a very convincing temporary
or permanent solution. Combined with a dimmed
globe lamp (Ø 95–120 mm), it produces a very
pleasant light. You can also provide indirect lighting
very easily by using a mirror spot. Design by
Martin Wallroth. Housing in white powder-coating.
Lamp holder E27. Height 6 cm, Ø 7.3 cm.
item no. 104542 £ 42.00
Bolich – lamps from the good old days
The Bolich-Werke in Baden have been making lamps
made of metal for indoor and outdoor use since 1911.
The shapes and materials have remained largely
unchanged. Bolich lamps are powder-coated and stoveenamelled.
"Bremen" Wall Lamp
Lamp for wall installation, made of aluminium, porcelain
lamp holder for standard E27 light bulbs up to
60 W, clear cylindrical glass cover, attachment to the
wall with a cast aluminium rosette (3 screws). Reflector
with 25 cm Ø, painted white or cream inside. Suitable
for use outdoors due to non-rusting materials and the
design (protection class IP 54). Height incl. glass 31 cm,
diameter rosette 10 cm, weight 1.1 kg.
5 Black item no. 101364 £ 148.00
6 Cream White item no. 102828 £ 148.00
1 Wall Lantern with Mirror
The mirror at the back multiplies the reflection of the
flame of the candle (not included) and fills the surroundings
with soft, warm light. Nickel-plated brass case with
no roof, hinged door with lock. Hook on the back for
wall-mounting. Not for outdoor use. Bottom covered
with velour to protect delicate surfaces. Height 41 cm,
width 21 cm, depth 16.5 cm, weight 2.5 kg.
item no. 106809 £ 175.00
These lamps are made of plaster and give off soft, indirect light on corridors,
stairs or in the living room. Installation is as easy as can be: all you need is
a tube of mounting adhesive (extra strong), available at any DIY store.
Follow the directions for use. A simple light bulb socket is sufficient. The
plaster lamps can be painted the same colour as the wall, making the lamps
very inconspicuous. Paint applied with a brush or rendered will adhere to the
Socket, cable and light bulb not included.
(Half-bowl lights pictured here are at the Gutshaus Stolpe Hotel. Find out
more at www.gutshaus-stolpe.de)
3 Halogen Half-Bowl 150 W
This bowl-type lamp is supplied with a built-in 150 W halogen spotlight and bulb.
The bowl-type lamp is shown with the rear wall. Unlike the other bowl-type lamps
here, this lamp is suspended from the wall and not glued. Fastening materials are
supplied. Height 12 cm, width 25.5 cm, projection 13 cm.
item no. 103675 £ 69.00
2 Homefield Black Outdoor Lantern
Outside lamp in lantern shape with clear, simple lines
and bevelled glass. Case made of black lacquered
sheet steel. Protected from rain and splashes (IP44),
electrotechnical protection class I. The back with the
mount and the cables is mounted to the wall first,
and then the case with the glass panes can be inserted.
With mounting kit and instructions. Lamp E27 100
W. Height 26 cm, width 16 cm, depth 11 cm.
item no. 105840 £ 159.00
4 Half-Bowl Shaped Wall Light
Bowl-type lamp for wall illumination. Height 13.5 cm. width 28 cm, projection 13.5 cm.
item no. 100790 £ 15.90
5 Truncated-Cone Wall Light
As opposed to the bowl-type lamps, the truncated cone shines downwards as well.
It can of course be used with the larger opening facing upwards. Height 17 cm,
width 26 cm, projection 15 cm.
item no. 102194 £ 18.90
6 Half-Cylinder Wall Light
Height: 17 cm, width: 25.5 cm, projection 13 cm.
item no. 107104 £ 18.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline House & Home
5 Get the dirt out: Roof Gutter Cleaner
A practical tool for removing leaves and anything
that doesn’t belong in the roof gutter at a distance
of up to 2 m (depending on the length of your arm)
by pushing and pulling. Having constantly to move
the ladder along is reduced to a minimum.
Semicircular metal plate with a rubber lip, mounted
on a tube extendable from 80 to 130 cm. Diameter
11 cm, max. length 140 cm, min. length 90 cm.
item no. 107283 £ 19.90
4 Toolflex Tool Holders
Toolflex tool holders are available in two sizes. The
holder can take heavy loads and is suitable for round
and angular shafts. The tool holders can be used indoors
or outdoors. In the garage, garden shed, basement
workshop or storage room. Robust construction
of steel, EPDM rubber and ABS plastic. The tools can be
put in place or removed again with just one action.
Attached with screws with max. 5 mm diameter (not
included). Made in Sweden.
Tool Holder for handles with Ø 20–30 mm
Height 5 cm, width 6.5 cm, depth 8.5 cm.
item no. 101744 £ 3.70
Tool Holder for handles with Ø 30–40 mm
Height 5 cm, width 8.5 cm, depth 9 cm.
item no. 101745 £ 4.10
In Germany these used to be called the "Pedestrian's Porsche". They still exist
and these days are not just used for shopping but also for picnics or by mothers
to carry toys.
1 Ultralight Shopping Trolley
The robust frame of powder-coated aluminium can also be used as a trolley for
lighter loads if the bag is removed and can be taken apart completely. Handle
extends to 112 cm. Bag made of water-resistant plastic cloth with double closing,
thanks to a pull-cord with toggle and a large covering flap. Extra pocket
at the back with space for a phone and holder for keys, plus a small additional
shopping bag (40 x 35 cm) in a small pocket with a zip at the front. Carrying
capacity 40 kg, volume 45 litres. Width 34 cm, height 58 cm, depth 23 cm. Track
width 40.5 cm, weight 2.8 kg.
item no. 103733 £ 98.00
2 Wicker Shopping Trolley
This model is made of high-quality willow. The spoked wheels with rubber
tyres ensure quiet running. It holds no less than 48 litres, even for major shopping
expeditions – even on foot. Carrying capacity 60 kg, overall height approx.
103 cm, width 40 cm, height of the basket 60 cm, depth 32 cm, track width
48 cm, weight 4.2 kg.
item no. 101815 £ 158.00
3 Ex & Hopp Rubbish Collector
A simple but effective design, this won the Design Plus prize in 1994. Ordinary
shopping bags can be used for bin liners and hence can be recycled in a useful
way. If you step on one of the lower round hoops, the bag opens and then closes
again through the action of the springs. Height 62 cm, base area 22 x 26 cm.
item no. 103428 £ 44.95
6 Roof Gutter Spade
The spade is made to fit the shape of roof gutters precisely,
making it possible to clean the gutter with only a
few movements and without leaving large residues.
Stainless steel spade, beech wood handle. Overall
length 34 cm, diameter 10 cm.
item no. 107284 £ 19.90
7 Roof Gutter Brush
Robust plastic bristles for removing stubborn dirt.
Length 36 cm. Beech wood handle.
item no. 107285 £ 14.90
8 Galvanised Multi-Purpose Bin
An all-round bin that was originally produced in
England for agricultural purposes. For use as a
laundry basket, for domestic or commercial rubbish
or for compost. Made of galvanised sheet
steel. Volume 80 litres. Height 67 cm, diameter
50 cm, weight 5.7 kg.
item no. 101300 £ 39.95
1 Appenzeller Dog's Collars
Even if it has been "in" to wear Appenzell belts for many years now, this is a
piece of old Swiss tradition. The collars and leashes of thick, black cow's leather
are decorated with chased plaques of solid brass sheet with the Alpine
pasture theme. They are produced in a specialised workshop in Appenzell that
makes, among other things, the straps for cow bells.
Price Leather black Leather natural
Collar 40 cm, width 2.5 cm £ 29.90 item no. 103505 item no. 104836
Collar 50 cm, width 2.5 cm £ 33.90 item no. 103506 item no. 104837
Collar 55 cm, width 2.5 cm £ 36.90 item no. 103507 item no. 104838
Collar 60 cm, width 3.5 cm £ 39.90 item no. 103508 item no. 104839
Dog Lead small £ 42.50 item no. 103510 item no. 104840
Dog Lead large £ 42.50 item no. 103509 item no. 104841
7 "Silent" Dog Whistle
This classic dog whistle comes from the famous English whistle maker, ACME
Whistles, who have more than 70 years of experience in the field. This model
can be set for the frequency range between 5,400 und 12,800 Hertz, which
dogs can hear but is barely audible for humans. For that reason this dog whistle
has the name "Silent". The powerful signal can be heard by dogs up to a
distance of 3 km. The rest is a matter of training. Nickel-plated brass. Length
8.5 cm. Diameter 8 mm, weight 35 g.
item no. 102673 £ 28.00
3 Glass Wasp Trap
The trap is filled with bait such as honey, jam or
apple juice and placed or hung up at the desired
location. The wasps are lured into the
trap. Since the wasps try to go towards daylight,
they land on the light-coloured inside
wall. Only in rare cases do they find their way
out again. Height 21.2 cm, Ø 14.5 cm, weight
item no. 101832 £ 9.50 3
4 Fly Swatter
A robust hunting instrument with a wooden handle, metal shaft and swatter
made of woven wire. Not just for flies – also suitable for swatting wasps or
midges. From France. Length 53 cm.
item no. 101255 £ 7.50
5 Leather Fly Swat
This fly swat makes for efficient hunting of all kinds of insects. The long, oiled
beech wood pole enables an extremely strong swatting action. The swat itself
is made of a piece of cow leather. Equipped with a leather loop for hanging
up. Length 51 cm.
item no. 105594 £ 8.50
6 Twin Dog Bowl
A "dining table" for pets with an appreciation of
beauty. The main wooden part is made of solid ash
wood and then varnished. The two feeding dishes are
stainless steel and can be removed. Width 47 cm,
depth 24 cm, height 10 cm. Contents per dish 1.0 litre.
item no. 102700 £ 59.90
2 Hedgehog Box
Hedgehogs will appreciate this not just for hibernating
but also in the summer. A hedgehog box with a
vaulted roof (double-layered for insulation), a floor
and an entrance tunnel for protection from cats, dogs
and badgers. There is a door for cleaning and inspecting
at the back. Made from various untreated
woods. Line with straw before placing in the garden.
Made in England. Height 19.5 cm, width 38.5 cm,
length 43 cm, 5.4 kg.
item no. 107424 £ 79.00
www.torquato.co.uk House & Home
4 Manila Teak Lanterns
A weather-proof teak wood lantern in classic, plain Scandinavian design and very
good finish by Aristo. The case is made of teak wood with glass windows, bottom
and top are made of a polished steel panel. Door with brass hinges and hook
fastening. Handle made of strong steel wire.
Small Manila Lantern: base 19 x 19 cm, height 32.5 cm.
item no. 105570 £ 46.00
Large Manila Lantern: base 19 x 19 cm, height 41.5 cm.
item no. 105571 £ 68.00
1 Petromax Paraffin Lamp
The Petromax designed by Berlin engineer Max Graetz in 1910 is regarded
today as a desirable object for collecting or for actually using. The refined technology
makes every inventor's heart beat faster – a toy for boys of all ages!
Made of nickel-plated brass and hence very well protected against the weather.
Supplied together with a 9-part set for maintenance, including a mantle.
Empty weight 2.4 kg, burning time approx. 8 hours at 400 W light output. The
fuel required is refined paraffin ("lamp oil") of class A III (not an aromatic oil!).
Height 40 cm, diameter 17 cm.
item no. 100134 £ 129.00
2 Reflector Screen for Petromax
The reflector screen ensures that the light is only thrown diagonally downwards
so that the lamp can be used as table lighting, for example. Diameter
34 cm, weight 700 g.
item no. 100903 £ 29.90
3 Petromax 500 Spare Parts Set
With 15 parts, incl. 3 mantles.
item no. 100135 £ 19.00
Mantles for Petromax 500 (not shown)
item no. 100136 £ 2.40
7 Feuerhand Petroleum Lamp
A German original, steeped in tradition: the "Feuerhand" storm lantern, which was
used to keep construction sites safe up until the 1970s, now provides a pleasant glow
in rooms and gardens. Since 1902, nothing has changed in their manufacturing process.
The Feuerhand has nothing in common with the numerous cheap replicas. The
casing is guaranteed waterproof and the precise workmanship gives a comfortable
hold. The Schott Suprax glass is resistant to high temperatures. All parts are tin-coated
and thus rustproof (although the Feuerhand should not be constantly exposed to
wind and water). Height 25.5 cm, weight 530 g, volume 340 ccm, lasts 20 hours.
item no. 100138 £ 18.50
5 Ceramic Fire Bowl
A safe place for a fire in the garden, on the balcony
or the terrace. In both summer and winter
it gives out light and heat and fills the area
around it with a pleasant atmosphere. On summer
nights you can sit outside longer and you
can warm yourself around the fire bowl in the
autumn and the winter as well – for example,
when taking a break from raking up leaves, at
the edge of a skating rink or when drinking
punch. Even after the fire has gone, the bowl
gives out the stored heat to the area around it
for a long time afterwards. Height 35 cm,
diameter 45 cm, weight 13 kg.
item no. 101715 £ 199.00
6 BBQ Grid for Fire Bowl
Diameter 38 cm, length of handle 13.5 cm,
weight 760 g.
item no. 101746 £ 29.50
The lamp bodies of our torches are made of
solid polished copper. Since the copper is
untreated, the metal acquires a patina unless
you polish the copper from to time. The wicks
are of fibreglass and thus weatherproof and
practically do not wear at all. The 3 cm thick
shafts are made of hardwood from managed
forestry plantations and thus are very durable
even in damp conditions.
2 Pair of Roma Garden Torches
Burning time 10 hours, height 160 cm, Ø of oil
tank 18 cm, volume 2 litres, weight 1.4 kg.
item no. 101730 £ 199.00 set of 2
3 Athena Beginners' Garden Torch
Burning time 8–10 hours, height 164 cm, weight 0.9 kg. Diameter 12 cm.
item no. 102986 £ 48.00
4 Aristo Roma Ground Torch
Burning time 8 hours, diameter 12 cm, volume 0.35 litre, weight 210 g.
item no. 102644 £ 29.00
1 Le zinc au jardin: Galvanised Plant Pots from France
Traditional sheet steel plant pots. The material is hot-dip galvanised – immersed
in 450 °C zinc – making it waterproof and corrosion-resistant. Over
time, the typically crystal-like surface will acquire a grey patina. Features a
hole in the base with removable plastic plug.
Round 33 x 44: height 33 cm, Ø 44 cm, 30 l item no. 107386 £ 79.00
Round 41 x 56: height 41 cm, Ø 56 cm, 60 l item no. 107387 £ 119.00
Round 51 x 69: height 51 cm, Ø 69 cm, 120 l item no. 107388 £ 169.00
Square 40 x 50: height 40 cm, 50 x 50 cm, 65 l item no. 107389 £ 139.00
Decorating the garden with rose or garden globes of
glass is a tradition dating back many centuries. This
custom has experienced a renaissance in recent years.
Rose globes can now be found in the magnificent gardens
of large houses or on the balconies of city apartments.
The characteristics of good-quality rose globes are
high durability of the metal reflective coating, a metal
reflective coating that is completely opaque even in
bright light and ends that have been rounded off by
melting over instead of having a raw sawn surface where
they were cut. Diameter 15 cm, (globes), 12 cm (frogs)
and 21 cm (sun). Hand-blown in the Thuringian Forest.
5 Rose Globe Sun/Moon, gold item no. 102971 £ 29.90
6 Rose Globe with Frog, green item no. 100804 £ 29.90
7 Red item no. 100803 £ 22.90
8 Blue item no. 100802 £ 19.00
8 Silver item no. 100800 £ 19.00
8 Gold item no. 100801 £ 19.00
9 Rose Globe Wooden Stake with Cork
item no. 101322 £ 5.50
Cast-Iron Flower Border
A cast-iron border has been making a special
impression for decades, and that's because of
the robust material.
Lyon (A) Wien (B) Dessau (C)
Height 18 cm 18 cm 18 cm
Width per item 16 cm 19 cm 39 cm
Pieces 3 2 3
Price £ 14.90 £ 12.90 £ 24.90
Item no. 102847 102649 105152
A B C
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline House & Home
1 Burgon & Ball Watering Can
That's the view of the BBC Good Homes magazine. With its large, circular rotating
handle, this watering can can be held with one hand, in contrast to other models –
even while it is emptying. Thanks to a sophisticated balance, the can automatically
lowers to the watering position. The emptier the can gets, the more it lowers itself.
With its oval base, the can can be more easily held close to the body. Protected
against rust with its long-lasting hot-dip zinc coating. Volume 9 litres, length 67 cm,
weight 2.25 kg.
item no. 102670 £ 59.90
3 Six Zinc Plant Signs
These plant signs made from zinc-plated sheet steel
can be labelled using a waterproof pen and the label
can later be removed with solvent if need be. Length
19 cm, width 10.5 cm.
item no. 101833 £ 7.90 for set of 6
Nutscene Jute Garden Twine
This Scottish company has been supplying British gardeners
with garden twine and accessories since 1922.
At that time they had a patent for the coils which
unwound outwards from the middle. Can with 150 m
6 Greentwist item no. 102738 £ 9.90
7 Jute Garden Twine item no. 102737 £ 9.90
8 Burgon & Ball Potting Scoop
This sophisticated tool is the result of decades of
experience of traditional producers of gardening
tools. The Potting Scoop also digs small holes. The
spade picks up a lot of soil, ideal for potted plants.
Bulbs can be gently dug out. The serrated edge cuts
through small roots when digging. Stainless steel
blade, beech handle. Length 25 cm, weight 195 g.
item no. 102669 £ 34.90
9 Grouting Cleaner
A handy tool with a narrow blade for cleaning even
thin grouting. Length 23.5 cm, weight 110 g.
item no. 101784 £ 10.50
2 Haws Watering Cans Heritage
These frequently copied watering cans in a traditional 19th century design are
hot-dip galvanised, powder-coated and are therefore very well protected
against corrosion. They are perfectly balanced with their two handle points.
The brass sprinkler is replaceable. Volume 8.8 litres, length 67 cm, diameter
21 cm, height 44 cm, weight 2 kg. Haws, based in the West Midlands in
England, has been producing high-quality handmade watering cans since 1886.
green item no. 104730 £ 79.00
cream item no. 104731 £ 79.00
11 Linen Garden Bag
This bag is intended to transport small garden tools or
other accessories such as flower twine or wire.
Secateurs, trowels, etc. can be carried in six pockets
around the outside. In the large inside pocket, with a
diameter of 30 cm and a height of 25 cm, there is plenty
of space for uprooted weeds, picked apples or the
annual tomato harvest (volume of approx. 15 litres).
Made of heavy green canvas, lining in beige cotton. The
edges are piped in grey. Handles and fastening strap of
leather. Made in France.
item no. 101271 £ 79.90
4 Garden Sieve
It is needed to separate out the humus in compost
from the components that will not rot or
only do so very slowly. You can also use the sieve
to remove stubborn weed roots such as bishop's
weed (goutweed) or stones. These sieves are
made from a ring of beech wood by a traditional
method at a workshop in Germany. Height
10 cm, diameter 42 cm, weight 670 g.
Garden Sieve 3 mm
item no. 107365 £ 28,00
Garden Sieve 6 mm
item no. 107366 £ 28.00
5 Otter Garden Knife
A high-quality professional knife with a 9 cm
long, thick, curved retractable blade made from
forged steel and an 11 cm long hardwood hilt
with brass lining. Weight 110 g.
item no. 101318 £ 39.80
10 Garden Cushion “Kneeler”
It is far easier on your back to work when kneeling
instead of bent over. In order to be able to
kneel comfortably for longer periods, there is
this cushion from Tweedmill, the leading English
manufacturer of picnic blankets. The upper
material is 100% wool in “Hunting McLeod” tartan,
the under material is waterproof nylon
fabric. Format 60 x 38 cm.
item no. 102804 £ 29.95
12 Small Garden Basket
In 1910 this was developed as a basket for potato harvesting.
It is now being produced again on the basis of
the original design in a formerly self-owned workshop
in the eastern Harz area. The basket is made of galvanized
wire and is thus weather-resistant. The handle is
made of wood and is placed inside the basket when it
is shipped. Length 470 mm, width 270 mm, height
160 mm. Weight 900 g.
11 item no. 100833 £ 22.90
1 Sussex Garden Trug
These typically English garden trugs have been made mainly in Sussex in
southern England for over 200 years. As far back as 1851, they caught the
attention of Queen Victoria at the Great Exhibition, leading her to order some
for the Royal Gardens. Garden trugs are light, very robust and, because they
are made from strips of plywood, they are much more watertight than a basket
made from wire or wattled willow. Especially suitable for transporting and
storing soft fruits and vegetables. For use in the garden but also as a storage
or fruit basket in the home. Height 27 cm approx., width 57 cm, depth 27 cm.
Weight 700 g approx.
item no. 106503 £ 32.00
6 Felco Garden Clippers
Felco clippers from Switzerland have been
around for almost 60 years and have long been
synonymous with good garden clippers. We
stock a two-blade model, which cuts more
cleanly than the popular anvil-type clippers and
allow you to cut directly at the stalk base. The
plastic-covered grips have buffers and shock
absorbers to be kinder to your wrist. A toothed
nut makes it possible to easily and precisely
adjust the gap between the two blades, which is
the prerequisite for a consistently clean and precise
cut. All the parts that are subject to wear
can be replaced. Felco gives a lifetime guarantee
on the handles that are made of a forged
aluminium alloy. Length 21 cm, weight 250 g.
For cutting items up to 2.5 cm in thickness.
Felco No. 8
item no. 101301
Felco No. 9
item no. 101302
7 Garden Caddy
This constant companion to your garden work
holds all the required tools and garden rubbish.
The garden caddy has 4 holders for long-shafted
tools such as hoes, brooms, rakes and
spades. It also has 5 holders for hand tools.
Several compartments to hold small items such
as clippers, flower wire and gloves are likewise
available, together with compartments for
flower seeds and plant pots. The metal wheels
4 Leather Garden Gloves
Gardening gloves of a superior class.
Made of soft, cow's full-grain leather, sewn with nylon
and hence very durable. The leather has been treated to
repel water, the gloves are especially comfortable to
wear because the leather is so supple. They can be
washed without any problems at all at 40°C and do not
become hard if washed. The cuffs are lined with a cotton
strip. There is a rubber strip across the back of the
hand to pull the gloves tight. Available in glove sizes
7, 8, 9 and 10.
item no. 900146 £ 26.90
5 Leather Rose Gardening Gloves
These full-grain leather gloves come from the same
manufacturer and are made of buckskin with gauntlets
in buckskin suede to provide protection against thorns,
spines and undergrowth. Water-repellent and washable
at 40 °C. Available in sizes 7, 8, 9, and 10.
item no. 900514 £ 34.90
have a plastic rim making them so wide that they leave
no tracks on the lawn. The height of the wheels provides
adequate ground clearance. There is a fixture to
hang a rubbish sack or a bucket. All the wooden parts
are made of 15 ply birch plywood and given a waterrepellent
stain. Supplied as a flat pack (size: 120 x 60 x
6 cm, tools not included) with assembly instructions.
Weight: approx. 13.5 kg. Size when assembled: approx.
H 110 x L 70 x W 45 cm.
item no. 101765 £ 235.00
2 Burgon & Ball Soft Squeeze Grass Shears
The shears are ideal for cutting lawns at the edges or
in inaccessible areas, but also for trimming, as with
box trees. The blade is especially hard at 54–56
Rockwell to hold its sharpness. Hand-forged in
Sheffield. Length 29 cm, blade length 23 cm, width
(closed) 5.5 cm, weight 320 g.
item no. 106502 £ 39.90
3 Burgon & Ball Case for Grass Shears
item no. 106516 £ 15.90
www.torquato.co.uk Bath & Bodycare
Cotton towelling from Weser Uplands in Germany
Rhomtuft in the Weser Uplands has been making
best quality bath textiles and bath accessories since
1959. The terry towelling sold by us is made using
the finest cotton. With 650 grams per square metre,
this is material of a very heavy quality, virtually
impossible to find in shops. The simple braid is made
of mercerised cotton. All items are washable to
This hand-blown glass container stores anything
from cotton wool balls to beautiful bath salts or
spare soap bars. Height 28 cm, diameter 16 cm, contents
2.7 litres, weight 1.2 kg.
item no. 105161 £ 18.00
2 Bronnley Lemon Soap
Bronnley is also famous for its characteristic lemon soap, which has been produced
in the same shape for over 100 years. Like the other Bronnley soaps, this is a topquality,
triple-milled soap. Contains a high proportion of real Sicilian lemon oil.
Very rich and long-lasting.
Bronnley Lemon Soaps 4 x 50 g item no. 103759 £ 13.90 (£ 6.95 / 100 g)
Bronnley Lemon Soaps 3 x 100 g item no. 103760 £ 14.90 (£ 4.97 / 100 g)
Bronnley Lemon Soap on a Rope 250 g item no. 105723 £ 14.90 (£ 5.96 / 100 g)
Size Item no. Item no. Item no. Price Price
taupe mastic white (from ... pieces)
Guest towel 30 x 30 cm 106547 106546 106545 £ 5.90 £ 3.90
(from 10 pieces)
Face towel 45 x 60 cm 106544 106543 106542 £ 11.90 £ 9.90
(from 6 pieces)
Hand towel 55 x 100 cm 106495 106490 102784 £ 20.90 £ 17.50
(from 6 pieces)
Shower towel 70 x 130 cm 106496 106491 102785 £ 29.90 £ 26.00
(from 4 pieces)
Bath towel 95 x 180 cm 106497 106492 102786 £ 52.90
Wash glove 16 x 22 cm 106550 106549 106548 £ 5.90
1 Pure and natural soap: Savon de Marseille
Soap has been produced using plant oils for over 1,000 years in the south of
France. Since 1688, only soap that has been made in a special process and with
72% oil can be designated “Savon de Marseille”. To this day, it is made primarily
out of palm and coconut oil or olive oil, and contains no fragrances or preservatives.
Savon de Marseille is highly moisturising and prevents the skin from
drying out. 400 g block.
Olive item no. 102776 £ 4.00
Lavender item no. 105309 £ 4.00
Natural item no. 105310 £ 4.00
1 Rhomtuft Terry Towels
Rhomtuft in the Weser Uplands has been
making best quality bath textiles and bath
accessories since 1959. The terry towelling sold
by us is made using the finest cotton. With 650
grams per square metre, this is material of a
very heavy quality, virtually impossible to find
in shops. The simple braid is made of mercerised
cotton. All items are washable to 95 °C.
Colour 50 x 75 cm 60 x 100 cm
£ 72.00 £ 112.00
mastic item no. 106493 item no. 106494
white item no. 103495 item no. 103496
taupe item no. 106498 item no. 106499
3 Provence Scented Envelopes
These ivory-coloured paper envelopes contain grains perfumed with various
scents. The grains continually release these scents in small doses. They are
ideal for all those places where there is only limited space for an air freshener:
in drawers, cupboards, luggage, in small rooms or even in the car. 14 x 9 cm.
Cotton Blossom item no. 104145 £ 5.50
Lavender item no. 104146 £ 5.50
Cedarwood item no. 104147 £ 5.50
2 Rhomtuft Bathmats
Bathmats, at 1,250 grams per square metre, have been made from a particularly
heavy quality that is usually extremely difficult to find on the market. The simple
border is made in mercerised cotton. Washable up to 60 °C.
Rhomtuft Bathmat, white, 50 x 70 cm
item no. 102782 £ 22.90
Rhomtuft Bathmat, white, 60 x 100 cm
item no. 102783 £ 32.90
4 “Version Originale” by Compagnie de Provence
With this range, the Marseille-based soap maker is bringing new life to the centuries
old tradition of Savon de Marseille. Using a blend of olive oil, coconut oil and
grapeseed oil, the soaps and hand creams are produced using traditional methods.
The unusual combination of aromas and fragrances in the range makes for an interesting
and at the same time soothing experience, turning every occasion into a joy.
Choose from 2 fragrances:
Encens Lavande: dominating lavender aroma with sandalwood notes and a subtle
note of frankincense.
Jasmin Noir: strong jasmine aroma, offset by spicy black pepper.
Hand cream in a 300 ml glass bottle with pump dispenser. £ 15.90 (£ 5.30 / 100 ml)
Lavender item no. 106506 Jasmine item no. 106509
Liquid soap in a 500 ml glass bottle with pump dispenser. £ 14.90 (£ 29.80 / 1 l)
Lavender item no. 106504 Jasmine item no. 106507
Liquid soap in a 1 litre refill container. £ 17.90
Lavender item no. 106505 Jasmine item no. 106508
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Bath & Bodycare
French restaurant and public building toilets are inconceivable without this soap,
which was created over 50 years ago. Besides the pleasantly fresh citrus scent, it has
the great advantage of not running out quickly since it can’t be used under running
water. What is more, it never lies around in the water and so it does not get soft.
Its wall mounting means that it is more than likely that you will always be able to
find it in the same place. Also ideal for the kitchen or garden. Holder: Height 10 cm,
width 6.5 cm, projection 16.5 cm, weight 165 g. Incl. 300 g soap. Holder and soaps
come from La Maison du Savon du Marseille.
2 Soap Holder brass
Delivery includes a 300g olive soap bar.
item no. 106744 £ 22.90
3 Soap Holder chrome
Delivery includes a 300g lemon soap bar.
item no. 106745 £ 22.90
Replacement Soaps for soap holder
1 piece of 300 g soap. £ 4.90 (£ 1.63 / 100 g)
Olive (green) item no. 106749 Lemon (yellow) item no. 106746
Lavender (lilac) item no. 106748
1 Wooden Towel Stand
A stand with five towel rails for the bathroom, for the sauna, next to the swimming
pool or free-standing bathtubs. Height of shelf 17 cm. The stand is made
of untreated beech wood. You can leave it untreated, or oil or varnish it.
Delivered as flat pack. Width 69 cm, depth 34 cm, height 97 cm, weight 3 kg.
item no. 103070 £ 59.90
4 Olive Lavande Liquid Soap
Not made with synthetic surfactants, therefore
extremely kind to the skin. 300 ml plastic bottle.
item no. 106794 £ 9.90 (£ 3.30 / 100 ml)
5 Olive Lavande Body Lotion
This body lotion from Compagnie de Provence contains
aloe, shea butter, olive oil, almond oil and vitamin E to
optimally care for the skin. Suitable for normal and dry
skin. 300 ml glass bottle.
item no. 106793 £ 14.90 (£ 4.97 / 100 ml)
6 Ash Bath Caddy
A bath caddy made from ash that has been thermotreated
and is hence moisture-resistant (you will find
more information about thermo-treated ash on the
opposite page). For storing or setting down bath accessories,
reading material, a glass of wine, a cup of tea...
Small rubber feet on the supports prevent the caddy
from slipping. Suitable for baths with a width of 69 to
81 cm. Width 24 cm, length 85 cm, height 2 cm. Weight
4 5 item no. 106795 £ 128.00
Products made from oiled thermo ash have a
huge advantage over natural wood products in
terms of their high moisture resistance, which
makes them ideal for use in damp rooms and in
the open air. The ash wood, which is already
very strong by nature, is heated over a period of
up to 48 hours in the absence of oxygen to temperatures
between 180 and 220 °C – the initial
slight smoky aroma goes away over time. This
reduces swelling and shrinking of the wood,
while increasing its rigidity and resistance to
decay. The main advantage of this treatment,
however, is that water absorption is greatly
reduced, which means that thermowood products
do not become saturated after being in
contact with water for a long time, which is normally
only guaranteed with tropical woods such
as teak or bangkirai. Compared to using tropical
woods, products made from thermowood are
completely harmless from an ecological perspective.
The dark colour comes about as a
result of the thermal treatment, which eliminates
the need for staining – bleaching caused by
sunlight is still possible, however.
1 Thermo Wooden Mats
Bath mats made from flat thermo ash bars, held
together by stainless steel cables. Silicone discs
keep the bars apart.
Bath Mat 45 x 60 cm
item no. 106500 £ 98.00
Bath Mat 60 x 100 cm
item no. 106501 £ 178.00
11 Thermo Ash Bath Brush
Oval bath brush with a long handle, made from oiled
thermo ash. Fitted with black bristles, the handle has a
hole so you can hang it up. Height 4 cm, oval bristle part
7.5 x 13.5 cm, overall length 45 cm, weight 150 g.
item no. 106531 £ 26.50
7 Thermo Ash Wastepaper Basket
Small rectangular wastepaper basket made from thermo
ash. Height 25 cm, base 18 x 18 cm.
item no. 106514 £ 98.00
8 Thermo Ash WC Brush
Brush holder made from thermo ash with removable,
black zinc-plated insert. Oiled square handle, replaceable
brush head with nylon bristles. Base 10 x 10 cm,
height 40.5 cm.
item no. 106532 £ 59.00
Thermo Ash WC Brush solitary (not shown)
item no. 106533 £ 9.00
9 Thermo Ash Nail Brush
Length 10.5 cm.
item no. 106530 £ 9.90
10 Thermo Ash Soap Dish
11 x 9 cm.
item no. 106535 £ 12.00
2 Thermo Ash Comb Dish
For storing bath accessories and bottles in the bathroom. Height 3 cm, width
12.5 cm, length 25 cm. Interior storage space 10.5 x 23 cm.
item no. 106541 £ 48.00
3 Thermo Ash Bath Container
Rectangular container for bath accessories or guest towels. Height 10 cm, width
25 cm, depth 12.5 cm.
item no. 106537 £ 69.90
4 Thermo Ash Bath Receptacle
Cuboid-shaped cup for all those little things you want to find in the same place.
Height 10 cm, base 8 x 8 cm.
item no. 106538 £ 48.00
5 Thermo Ash Soap Dispenser
Thermo ash body, chrome-plated brass pump dispenser. The removable soap
container is made of plastic so that the soap doesn’t come into contact with the
wood. Height 15.5 cm, base 7 x 7 cm.
item no. 106540 £ 119.00
6 Thermo Ash Tissue Box
Fits snugly over a standard box of tissues. Height 8.5 cm, width 27 cm, depth 13.5 cm.
item no. 106539 £ 95.00
www.torquato.co.uk Bath & Bodycare
1 Chrome-Plated Makeup Mirror
Wall-mounted mirror with three-part folding and turning arm. The mirror can
be turned on the horizontal and vertical axis. On the reverse side is a mirror
with fivefold magnification. Metal parts in chrome-plated brass. Diameter
mirror 17 cm, height 28 cm, wall plate 2.5 x 10 cm. Extends to maximum of
50 cm, minimum of 2.5 cm. Weight 700 g. Material for mounting is included.
item no. 103767 £ 118.00
3 Chrome-Plated Soap Dispenser
Top-quality dispenser for liquid soap in chrome-plated
brass. Even the pump head is in chrome-plated brass
with a plastic liner for the soap-bearing parts. Silicon
feet protect your surfaces. Height 11.5 cm, base area
5 x 5 cm. Contents 275 ml.
item no. 103772 £ 115.00
4 Chrome-Plated Wall Soap Dispenser
Performance and dimensions are the same as for the
free-standing dispenser. Extension on wall mount
9.5 cm. Wall mount in chrome-plated brass. Material for
mounting is included.
item no. 103771 £ 145.00
5 Klar’s Curd Soap
This soap has been produced from pure vegetable oils
by the Klar family in Heidelberg since 1840. It contains
glycerine, which makes it very smooth, and lanolin,
which makes it wonderfully soft and gently foamy.
Contains 75% palm oil, 20% coconut oil and 5% olive
oil. 100 g.
item no. 103606 £ 2.80
2 Makeup Mirror with Suction Pads
Positioned in an easily accessible place on the
bathroom mirror, this make-up mirror is
functional and makes a great visual impact too.
Fivefold magnification. 3 suction pads. In glass
and metal, rim is chrome-plated. Diameter
item no. 104331 £ 39.90
6 Drip Grill for Soap
Drip Grill in chrome-plated brass. Width 11 cm,
depth 8 cm, weight 50 g.
item no. 103775 £ 29.90
7 Glass Wiper
For wiping glass shower partitions dry after
every shower, but and also for steamed-up mirrors.
Delivered with wall mount (incl. screws) and
a replacement lip for the wiper. All metal parts in
rustproof, chrome-plated steel/zinc die cast and
stainless steel. Height 16.5 cm, width 25 cm,
diameter mount 6 cm, weight (only wiper) 300 g.
item no. 103776 £ 30.90
8 Shower Wall Cleaner 500 ml
An environmentally friendly shower wall and sanitary
cleaner, with citric acid in comestible quality,
orange terpenes and lemon oil. Removes limescale
and soap scum from shower walls, tiles and
bathroom fittings. Spray on, allow to work and
rinse off. 500 ml. (£ 13.80 / 1 l)
item no. 105276 £ 6.90
Sprayer for shower wall cleaner (not shown)
item no. 105356 £ 4.00
Bath Rugs from Portugal
From a small, family-run weaving mill in northeastern
Portugal founded over 50 years ago. In
purchasing these products, you will be treating
yourself to traditional weaving patterns and
processes. The bathmats are robust and absorbent.
The strong structure feels luxuriant under
the soles of the feet. 100% cotton. Washable at
up to 60 °C; 5% shrinkage.
9 Jacquard Pattern, 120 x 56 cm.
item no. 103699 £ 29.50
10 Burl Pattern, 50 x 70 cm.
item no. 103694 £ 19.50
11 Frame Pattern, 45 x 56 cm.
item no. 104684 £ 12.50
1 Pears Transparent Soap
In 1807 Andrew Pears, who owned a barber shop in Soho, was conducting
experiments to find a soap that was more skin-friendly than other contemporary
soaps. After a series of attempts he met with success and created a soap out
of pure glycerine and natural oils that set new standards in its moisture-giving
and conditioning properties. Even more decisive for its continuing 200-year
success was the fact that after 3 months maturing the soap turned transparent,
which for a long time made Pears Soap easily distinguishable from other soaps.
Even today, connoisseurs swear by the unmistakable, spiced scent of cedar,
rosemary and thyme. 125 g.
item no. 104192 £ 2.95 (£ 2.36/100 g)
3 Laundry Bin
Container in polished stainless steel. Lid has integrated
grip hole for a handle. Volume 50 litres. Height 66 cm,
width 30 cm, depth 25 cm, weight 5 kg.
item no. 103765 £ 198.00
4 Porcelain Toilet Brush Set
Brush with shaft in chrome-plated brass in porcelain container.
Height 62 cm, diameter 10.5 cm. The brush head
is replaceable and can be purchased from us.
item no. 103779 £ 95.00
Replacement Toilet Brush Head (not shown)
item no. 104019 £ 13.90
5 Wastepaper Bin
Waste container in polished stainless steel. Lid has integrated
grip hole as handle. Volume 12 litres. Height
30 cm, width 20 cm, depth 20 cm, weight 1.7 kg.
item no. 103764 £ 148.00
2 Bathroom Bench
Bench in chrome-plated, angular steel piping, upholstered in white leatherette.
Height 53 cm, depth 30 cm, weight 8.7 kg (90 cm) respectively 7.7 kg (60 cm).
2 90 cm Bench item no. 103763 £ 489.00
60 cm Bench (not shown) item no. 105082 £ 449.00
6 Towel Stand
Two-tiered stand in chrome-plated brass. Delivered in
4 sections that screw together. Height 69 cm, width
74 cm, depth 16 cm, weight 3.5 kg.
item no. 104330 £ 248.00
7 Shower Hook
This double hook, which can be hung over the rim of a
glass shower curtain, offers a flexible solution to providing
hooks without drilling. Ideal for shower curtains
up to a maximum thickness of 1.2 cm. Chrome-plated
brass. Width 3.7 cm, depth 5.3 cm, height 11 cm.
item no. 105842 £ 22.90
8 Chrome Tissue Box
Chrome-plated brass box to cover facial tissue boxes.
Height 8 cm, width 25 cm, depth 12 cm.
item no. 105084 £ 188.00
9 Ceramic Tissue Box
Height 9 cm, width 26 cm, depth 14 cm.
item no. 105091 £ 32.90
10 WC Toilet Roll Holder
Free-standing toilet roll holder made from chromeplated
brass. After lifting up the holder, toilet rolls are
placed on the vertical rod and dropped down. The toilet
roll in use is then placed on the holder. The advantages
are rapid changing of the toilet roll and a large
supply at the place of action. The base, with its 14 cm
diameter, ensures stability. Height 53 cm, weight 0.7 kg.
item no. 105083 £ 155.00
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Bath & Bodycare
1 2 3
6 Lucky Tiger Face Tonic
Developed in the 1920s by the owner of a hairdresser’s
in Kansas City and sold nationwide since 1935,
Lucky Tiger became the best-selling aftershave in the
USA in the 1950s, thanks to its exquisite skin care
properties. The alcohol-free recipe, based on natural
ingredients, means that Lucky Tiger can be applied
to the face immediately after shaving, without causing
redness or irritating the skin: aloe vera and
camomile have a soothing and invigorating effect,
marigold heals and disinfects, vitamins A and E are
antioxidants, and borage oil is highly moisturising. It
has a fresh and light aroma, reminiscent of green
oranges, which evaporates after a short time – so
Lucky Tiger can easily take an additional application
of eau de cologne. 8 oz (227 ml) plastic bottle.
item no. 106720 £ 19.90 (£ 8.77 / 100 ml)
7 Harris Shaving Dish
Dish and lid in mahogony, a wood that resists
moisture particularly well. The shaving soap is
“triple-milled” (boiled three times), i.e. highly
concentrated for long-lasting richness and thick
foam. With a delicate almond fragrance. Height
4 cm, diamter 9.6 cm, weight 230 g.
item no. 102501 £ 29.95
Harris Shaving Dish Refill 100 g (not shown)
item no. 102502 £ 14.00
8 For over 80 years: Musgo Real Shaving Cream
This skincare range from the 1920s will appeal to the traditional, classic man. It
is made by the renowned company Claus Porto. The aroma constituting this
line is reminiscent of hay flowers and is composed of a mixture of patchouli
and vetiver. The shaving cream is very rich and produces a thick, creamy foam.
The mixture of natural lanolin, glycerine and coconut oil soaks the beard and
makes it supple. As a result, the blade cuts the stubble more deeply – the shave
is closer and, at the same time, more gentle. Suitable for all skin types.
Unusually rich, so one tube lasts up to three months. 100 ml tube.
item no. 104162 £ 10.90
9 Mühle Shaving Dish
Soap dish for Mühle shaving soaps with an extra broad
rim – it keeps fingers soap-free. Chrome-plated metal.
diameter 9.5 cm, height 3.5 cm.
item no. 104608 £ 11.90
10 Mühle Shaving Soaps
There is a battle of the will over whether you can get
better foam for a wet shave with a cream or a soap.
Soaps from Mühle give skin and stubble optimum preparation
for a truly conditioning, thorough shave. All
soaps fit the shaving dish. 60g. (£ 8.17 / 100 g)
Aloe Vera item no. 104604 £ 4.90
For normal and dry skin. Soothes and moisturises, with
a fresh fragrance.
Sallow thorn item no. 105930 £ 4.90
For normal skin. With bactericidal qualities.
Sandalwood item no. 104607 £ 4.90
For normal skin. With essential oils. Pleasant aroma.
Mühle shaving culture from the Erz Mountains
In 1945 the family company Mühle was founded
by Otto Johannes Müller, which has since passed
into the ownership of the third generation and
is now among the few world-renowned producers
of high-quality shaving brushes and appliances
for wet shaving.
1 Silvertip Shaving Brush
Finest badger hair with silver tips. The best of
the best: choice badger hair with light tips,
which is distinguished by its particularly high
flexibility. The softly peaked tips make microfine
foam. The handle made from synthetic resin
(also used for high quality fountain pens) is
lathed and finely polished – all by hand. The
base is made from high-quality nickel-plated
solid brass. Height 10 cm.
item no. 104603 £ 79.00
2 Best Shaving Brush
The high flexibility of a silvertip brush is not for
everyone. With a brush made from firmer hairs,
foam can be whipped up more quickly and distributed
around the face more precisely and
gently. That's why we have a brush made from
best badger hair. Height 10 cm.
item no. 105092 £ 62.00
3 For a particularly fine pre-shaving
experience: Mühle Short Shaving Brush
This brush with shorter best badger hairs is a
good alternative if you’re not a fan of the high
elasticity of a silvertip brush or even a normal
best badger brush. It allows you to work the
shaving soap extremely precisely: you can almost
paint your face. Height 8 cm.
item no. 106743 £ 62.00
4 Mühle Mach 3 Shaver
Blade holder from Mühle in traditional shape for Gillette Mach 3 blades.
Handle made from extremely tough and hard-wearing synthetic resin. Metal
parts made from chrome-plated brass.
item no. 104602 £ 69.00
5 Mühle Shaving Stand
Nickel-plated brass. Suitable for a Mühle blade holder and Mühle shaving
brush. Height 13 cm, diameter 5.3 cm, weight 200 g.
item no. 104609 £ 28.00
1 Scents by Czech & Speake
All our scents are originals and could not possibly be compared with mass-produced
products. Czech & Speake can barely be topped when it comes to exclusivity.
The company only produces scents every two years, so that we cannot
offer any after shaves at the moment. The company that was only founded in
1978 is primarily concerned with the design and creation of luxury bathroom
equipment and accessories.
Czech & Speake No. 88
The oldest scent by Czech & Speake, named after the street number of the
shop in London's Jermyn Street. A traditional English perfume that is based on
an original Elizabethan recipe, representing the style of the perfumer. With
notes of bergamot, geranium, attar of rose, blackcurrant and frangipani on a
dry base note of vetiver and sandalwood. 100 ml.
Eau de Cologne item no. 105674 £ 98.00 After Shave item no.106970 £ 79.00
Czech & Speake Cuba
One of the latest fragrances from Czech & Speake, inspired by the old town of
Havana with its Latin rhythms, smooth cigars, fine rum and exotic beauties.
This fragrance bursts into life with the initial top notes of bergamot, lime,
peppermint and a hint of rum. Layered with a melange of spicy and floral
middle notes, mainly rose, clove and bay. The lasting base notes of tobacco
mixed with the richness of frankincense, cedar wood and vetiver round off
this striking fragrance. 100 ml.
Eau de Cologne item no. 105675 £ 98.00 After Shave item no.106969 £ 79.00
3 After Shaves from Caswell-Massey
These are products from the oldest and most traditional American company
for bodycare products. The company goes back to the opening of a drugstore
in 1752 by Dr William Hunter in Newport, Rhode Island. George Washington
and Benjamin Franklin were among his customers.
Jockey Club After Shave
This fragrance was created in 1840 “for the gentleman who prefers one fragrance
for all occasions“. The most famous customer of Jockey Club was probably
John F. Kennedy, who set standards with his lifestyle that are still effective
today. A dry, fresh scent, with notes of forest and amber as well as hints of
bergamot, citrus and patchouli. 88 ml bottle.
item no. 104433 £ 32.00 (£ 36.36 / 100 ml)
Michelsen’s Bay Rum. Not just an after shave.
The basis of this Eau de Toilette (and we mean the literal meaning of the
phrase) is bayberries (the fruit of the tree Pimenta acris, also known as the allspice
tree), orange oil and finest Jamaica rum. The result is an unusual, spicyexotic
composition – unchanged since 1872. For years, Bay Rum has been used
as a hair and facial water, not just for shaving. Used as a body splash it is revitalising
and refreshing and soothes away tension. 88 ml bottle.
item no. 104434 £ 30.90 (£ 35.11 / 100 ml)
4 Musgo Real Men's Body Soap
Extra mild and creamy soap with a spicy aroma
for the whole body. Made from coconut oil,
palm oil, palm kernel oil, lanolin and glycerine.
“Para a beleza da sua pele” (Portuguese for
“for the beauty of your skin”). 160 g.
item no. 105081 £ 6.50
2 Bath and body products for men from Acca Kappa
“Acca Kappa” stands for the Italian pronunciation of the letters H and K – the initials
of the German merchant Hermann Krull who in 1869 settled in Treviso, firstly
to trade in pearls and brushes imported from the Orient. Universally known for their
first-class hair brushes, in the past few years Acca Kappa have also been developing
some of the most exclusive skincare lines which in their conception always go by the
principles of simplicity and naturalness. This means that all their skincare products
are made using natural ingredients and without the use of animal testing.
These products are from the Muschio Bianco range from Acca Kappa, which is the
epitome of a restrained, timelessly classic skincare line and is not un-modern. The
elegantly fresh and Mediterranean aroma is built around a base note of cedar wood,
vetiver and maté, a middle note of cardamom, coriander, nutmeg and black pepper,
and a top note of bergamot, orange, cumin and star anise.
Bath and Shower Gel 500 ml item no. 106154 £ 24.90 (£ 4.98 / 100 ml)
Deodorant Stick 75 ml item no. 106155 £ 22.90 (£ 30.53 / 100 ml)
After Shave 100 ml item no. 106156 £ 45.00
Eau de Cologne 100 ml item no. 106157 £ 48.00
Shampoo 250 ml item no. 106158 £ 16.90 (£ 6.76 / 100 ml)
Body Lotion 300 ml item no. 106159 £ 32.90 (£ 10.97 / 100 ml)
www.torquato.co.uk Bath & Bodycare
5 Squeeze every last drop: Tube Key
Keys in shaped steel wire for clamping tubes of
toothpaste, shaving cream, mustard, etc, and squeezing
out every last bit. Made in a metalware factory
in the Sauerland region. For tubes up to max. 5 cm
wide at the lowest edge. 5 pieces.
item no. 105307 £ 3.50 for set of 5
7 Since 1898: Euthymol Toothpaste
Probably the oldest toothpaste brand on the market
from England, it contains various antiseptic ingredients
and aromatic oils. The slogan on the tube does not
exaggerate when it states: “No other toothpaste has
the unique strong taste of Euthymol”. It’s down to personal
taste: either you will not be able to get enough of
it or the first tube will also be your last. A small dose of
the toothpaste with the characteristic pink colour,
about the size of a pea, should be sufficient. 75 ml
aluminium tube. (£ 6.53 / 100 ml)
item no. 104579 £ 4.90
1 Waffle Pique Towels
Particularly absorbent and feel pleasant against the skin. In top hotels, towels
made of waffle pique can still be found, but they are rarely on sale for private
households. Our towels are crafted in Braga in northern Portugal. 250g/sq m.
Guest Towel 30 x 50 cm item no. 105781 £ 7.50
Hand Towel 55 x 100 cm item no. 105782 £ 10.90
Shower Towel 70 x 130 cm item no. 105783 £ 14.90
Bath Towel 90 x 180 cm item no. 105784 £ 19.90
3 Marvis Toothpaste
This Italian classic has been around for over 40 years. Marvis is a cosmetic toothpaste
with a whitening recipe. It does not damage the tooth enamel and prevents
caries and tartar. It has a characteristically intense fresh flavour and gives
long-lasting fresh breath. 75 ml tube. (£ 13.27 / 100 ml)
Classic Strong Mint item no. 102506 £ 9.95
Aquatic Mint item no. 102507 £ 9.95
Length 17 cm.
item no. 102989
6 Dr Hunter Lip Salve
This lip balm is based on a recipe from the pharmacy founded in 1752 in
Newport, Rhode Island by the Scottish Dr William Hunter. Lanolin, aloe,
almond and jojoba ensure optimal care even in the case of very dry or chapped
lips. Usually a single application is sufficient to provide the lips with enough
moisture to make them pleasantly soft. The added anise extract gives the
balm an extra freshness. The little tub can be always carried with you. 0.4 oz
(11.3 g) tub. (£ 43.36 / 100 g)
item no. 106453 £ 4.90
2 Face Cloth
A small, light towel in Jacquard weave.
Particularly absorbent and specially designed
for drying the face. 200g/sq m. 100% cotton.
40 x 70 cm.
item no. 105780 £ 5.50
2 3 4 5 6
Korres Natural Products
Korres has its origin in the first homoeopathic
pharmacy in Athens. Using his deep knowledge
of homoeopathy and herbal medicine, Giorgos
Korres developed a skincare and cosmetics line
which is produced without the use of chemicals
common in conventional products. Using vegetable
oils, natural alcohol, pharmaceutical
herbs, yoghurt, honey and, above all, the rich
flora of Greece and extracts taken from them
results in all-natural products that are unmatched
in their gentle, skin-friendly properties.
In recent years, Korres has received
numerous national and international awards
for these successes and for the excellent quality
of the products. In Greece, Korres products are
sold exclusively in pharmacies. As they are natural
products, colours may vary.
1 Korres Set: Holiday in Greece
A set of summer skincare products from Korres
which brings to life your last (or your next?) holiday
in Greece: Aloe and Soapwort Shampoo
50 ml, Basil Lemon Shower Gel 50 ml, Basil
Lemon Body Milk 50 ml, Guava Shower Gel
50 ml, Guava Body Butter 50 ml.
item no. 106573 £ 22.90
Holiday in Greece: solitary individual products
2 Aloe and Soapwort Shampoo
PH-neutral shampoo for daily use with active
ingredients aloe and soapwort. Protects delicate
hair and cares for the scalp. 250 ml bottle.
item no. 106576 £ 12.90 (£ 5.16 / 100 ml)
3 Basil Lemon Shower Gel
A green, shimmering aroma with a radiating
freshness and a touch of lemon. Produces a
creamy lather and provides long-lasting moisture
to the skin. 250 ml bottle.
item no. 106568 £ 11.90 (£ 4.76 / 100 ml)
4 Guava Shower Gel
An intoxicating combination of tropical fruits.
Produces a creamy lather and provides longlasting
moisture to the skin. 250 ml bottle.
item no. 106574 £ 11.90 (£ 4.76 / 100 ml)
5 Basil Lemon Body Milk
Moisturising body milk with an exceptionally
matt texture. Lemon and basil aroma with aloe
extract, vitamin C and zinc. 250 ml bottle with
item no. 106575 £ 16.90 (£ 6.76 / 100 ml)
6 Body Butter Guava
Rich moisturising cream to care for dry skin.
Particularly suitable for dry, chapped areas on
the hands or elbows.150 ml bottle with pump
item no. 106569 £ 19.90 (£ 13.27 / 100 ml)
7 Best of Korres Set
The six most popular skincare products from Korres in
one small presentation box, for travelling, the guest
room or to test them out. The set includes 50 ml Body
Butter Guava, 50 ml Basil Lemon Shower Gel, 50 ml
Vanilla Cinnamon Shower Gel, 10 ml Wild Rose
Moisturiser, 5 ml Evening Primrose Eye Cream and 9 ml
Yoghurt Cooling Gel.
item no. 106566 £ 25.90
Best of Korres: solitary individual products
8 Wild Rose Moisturiser
24-hour moisturiser for normal and dry skin. Contains
wild rose oil and extract of Imperata cylindrica, a tropical
grass which has a long-lasting moisturising effect.
Sun protection factor 6. 40 ml tub.
item no. 106571 £ 29.90 (£ 74.75 / 100 ml)
9 Vanilla Cinnamon Shower Gel
A warm, velvety aroma which contrasts woody, vibrant
cinnamon with the powdery sweetness of vanilla.
Produces a creamy lather and provides long-lasting
moisture to the skin. 250 ml bottle.
item no. 106567 £ 11.90 (£ 4.76 / 100 ml)
10 Basil Lemon Shower Gel (see left, No. 3)
item no. 106568 £ 11.90 (£ 4.76 / 100 ml)
11 Evening Primrose Eye Cream
The main ingredient is an extract of evening primrose
which, in combination with vitamin C, stimulates
collagen synthesis of the skin and circulation. Also
provides gentle protection from the sun around the
eyes. 30 ml tube.
item no. 106570 £ 39.00 (£ 130.00 / 100 ml)
12 Body Butter Guava (see left, No. 6)
item no. 106569 £ 19.90 (£ 13.27 / 100 ml)
8 9 10 12 13
13 Yoghurt Cooling Gel
Cooling after sun gel for the face and body with real
yoghurt. The yoghurt increases the moisture content
of the upper layers of skin after high solar radiation,
which reinforces the skin-regenerating capabilities of
the skin and soothes the burning sensation of light
sunburn. 150 ml bottle with pump dispenser.
item no. 106572 £ 24.90 (£ 16.60 / 100 ml)
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Luggage, Accessories & Outdoors
2 Filson Laptop Bag
The construction of this bag is basically the same as the Filson briefcase, but features
a few extra details: the bottom and sides of the bag are made of a double
layer of cotton twill, which is filled with a layer of foam to absorb shocks better. On
the inside – which has two pockets, one of which spans the entire length of the bag
with two extra, flexible pockets – there is space for an A4 folder and a laptop (max.
size 36 x 28 x 4 cm). There is additional space for accessories and small items in an
outer pocket with zip, which is where the key strap is attached. There are three
extra open outer pockets with various sizes. Height 35.5 cm, width 19 cm, length
42 cm, weight aprox. 2.5 kg.
tan item no. 106520 £ 399.00 otter green item no. 106519 £ 399.00
4 Filson Travel Bag with Wheels
Classic large travel bag which, in contrast to most similar versions, is easy to manage
thanks to its integrated rollers and extendable handle, even when full. Large
inner compartment with two small sewn-in cotton drill pockets. Zip fastener, reinforced
with leather to make the seam robust. Honeycomb plastic inner base. The
three runners on the underside of the bag are screwed to the base, as is the leather
handle at the front. Handle features a grip. Volume approx. 80 litres. Height
33 cm, width 34 cm, length 75 cm, weight 4.3 kg.
tan item no. 106526 £ 599.00 otter green item no. 106525 £ 599.00
Travel luggage made by Filson: Each piece is made to last a lifetime.
Travel luggage made by Filson in Seattle will stand up to the toughest
demands. In the last great gold rush at the Klondike at the end of the 19th century,
Filson products were among the favourites of the gold hunters on account
of their exceptional robustness. The luggage is made of a very heavy, densely
woven cotton twill (726 g/m 2 ) which is treated with a special paraffin wax to
make it waterproof. All zips and metal parts are made of corrosion-resistant
brass, while all leather parts are made of very tough vegetable-tanned cowhide.
To this day, the bags are made at the Filsons factory in Seattle. To clean,
wipe with a damp sponge or brush off any dirt. Do not machine wash or dry
clean. The zips may initially be difficult to move; this subsides over time. The
bridle leather also softens with use.
1 Filson Briefcase
Spacious briefcase made of cotton twill with a highly sophisticated construction:
the interior is divided into three compartments and the middle one can
safely hold an A4 folder. A laptop with max. size 35 x 27 x 3.5 cm can also be
accommodated in one of the compartments. What's more, there are pockets
for spare batteries, power pack, water bottle, pens, wallet, mobile phone etc.
Handles with grips and removable and adjustable leather shoulder strap. There
are four pockets on the outer sides. Double layer of fabric on the bottom; one
of the long outer pockets has a strap with a brass clip for house or car keys.
Height 32 cm, width 15 cm, length 41 cm, weight approx. 1.9 kg.
tan item no. 106518 £ 349.00
otter green item no. 106517 £ 349.00
1 1 1
3 Filson Cabin Trolley
The outer covering, made of cotton twill, is stretched over a solid honeycombstructured
plastic frame. The cover with a large outer pocket is opened via a
zip running round three sides; the flap over the top is held closed with two
durably stitched leather straps. It has a lashing strap and two sewn-in cotton
drill pockets for small items. Two ball-bearing hard rubber rollers for smooth
motion; plastic runners for easily negotiating kerbsides. The grips and extendable
telescope handle are screwed to the frame to guarantee the best possible
stability. There is an extra open side pocket at the back and on one of the
sides. Volume approx. 40 litres. Height 55.8 cm, depth 23 cm, width 35.5 cm,
weight 4.3 kg.
tan item no. 106524 £ 599.00 otter green item no. 106523 £ 599.00
1 1 1
1 Filson Large Outfitter
Large travel bag in a compact form with sophisticated detail: the dividing wall
between the shallow lower and spacious upper compartment features a
waterproof nylon membrane, which makes transporting wet shoes etc. possible
without affecting the rest of your clothes. Removable dividers in the lower
compartment, two side pockets in the upper compartment, two side pockets
with zip fastening along the length of the bag, two open ones across the
width. Main zip has leather seam. Durably stitched handles running round the
sides with grip, plus a removable carrying strap with shoulder pad. Volume
approx. 80 litres. Height 45 cm, width 37 cm, length 51 cm, weight 3.4 kg.
tan item no. 106522 £ 449.00 otter green item no. 106521 £ 449.00
2 Very practical and equipped with all the necessary
functions: Lexon Travel Alarm
A travel alarm in a reduced, straight-edged design: compact,
practical and limited to the most important functions.
A green LCD display shows the time, date, day and
temperature. Sleep and light button on the upper side,
set the functions by using the buttons on the underside.
Housing in anodised aluminium. Powered by two
CR 2032 button cells (included). Height 1.9 cm, depth
3.5 cm, width 10.5 cm, weight 58 g.
item no. 105656 £ 26.50
3 Lexon Luggage Tag
Protected from unauthorised
reading – the
inner sides have two
labelling fields for name
and address. 2.6 cm x
item no. 106551
4 Passport Cover
These leather covers protect the passport and look even
better over time themselves. Made from soft French
calf's leather, lined with dark brown hunting calf's
leather and nylon. Suitable for international passport
size ID 3. Height 13.9 cm, width when closed 10.8 cm,
width when open 20.8 cm.
Brown item no. 105579 £ 49.90
Red item no. 105580 £ 49.90
5 Luggage tags
Classic luggage tags with a flap made of leather from
the purveyor to the English court Papworth. Secured to
the handle of a bag or suitcase with a belt fastening.
For handles with a diameter up to 2.8 cm. Width 5.2 cm,
maximum length (closed) 14.5 cm.
Cambridge tan item no. 105590 £ 19.90
Chestnut item no. 105591 £ 19.90
Havanna item no. 105592 £ 19.90
Black item no. 105593 £ 19.90
These products can be used to show someone the
course of your journey, instead of an air ticket, travel
guide or some other less romantic method.
6 Mini Globe
Reproduction of a globe produced in 1745 by French
cartographer Robert de Vaugondy. Vaugondy presented
this globe, on which the journeys of contemporary
explorers are precisely marked, to Louis XV. Dimensions
8.5 x 9 cm. item no. 103459 £ 13.90
7 Travel Document Case
In printed PVC, sealable with a popper. Width 23.8 cm,
height 11.8 cm. item no. 105601 £ 9.90
8 The quickest link between two points is a red thread:
Includes needle and thread. Postcard size A6.
Europe item no. 105575 £ 2.95
World item no. 105577 £ 2.95
www.torquato.co.uk Luggage, Accessories & Outdoors
3 Chapman CAR-GO Bag
This huge holdall with a volume of 95 litres was designed especially for travelling
by car. If you put it upright in the boot of your car, most of it is still free: more space
for dogs, wine crates or more Car-Go holdalls. Made of dark green polyester fabric.
Handles of woven cotton with leather reinforcements, which make it comfortable
to carry even with heavier weights. Height 50 cm, width 63 cm, depth 30 cm, volume
95 l. Weight 1 kg.
Beige Handles item no. 100930 £ 128.00
Red Handles item no. 103922 £ 128.00
1 Mr Brady’s Traveller’s Bag
The authors of the German almanac “Das Beste
vom Besten” (“The Best of the Best”) declared
this bag the “best hand luggage” in 1989, praising
its spaciousness, flexibility, indestructibility
and its "beautifully professional appearance".
Apparently, it was developed sometime in the
19th century by an enthusiastic angler in London
called Brady. We have them made by John
Chapman, the leading English manufacturer of
hunting and angling bags. This bag is made from
double-layered, rubber-reinforced cotton canvas
with leather embellishment and an adjustable
shoulder strap in woven cotton and metal parts
in solid brass. All seams are double-sewn at least.
Large interior storage area, two patch pockets
with zip closure. Height 28 cm, width 45 cm,
depth 18 cm, weight 1 kg.
item no. 105336 £ 249.00
2 Chapman Leightweight Holdall
Holdalls from John Chapman, the leading manufacturer of game bags and fishing
bags. The bags are made of a dark green, tough, waterproof polyester
fabric. Solid brass metal parts. The handles and shoulder strap are made of red
woven cotton and are attached to the bag with leather patches. Additional
Width 61 cm, depth 28 cm, height
29 cm. Capacity: 45 l. Weight 1.3 kg.
item no. 103920 £ 229.00
4 Zipless Suit Carrier
This carrier is a neat alternative to either clothes carriers
that are suitable for air travel or flimsy once-only carriers
for your favourite jacket that needs to be protected
against dust and light or the suit that won’t go in the
suitcase or blouses that have just been ironed. The twocoloured
cover is closed by folding the shoulder flaps
over one another. Made of water-repellent fabric (100%
polyamide) that is also used for, among other things, the
soft tops of convertibles. Length 95 cm, width 60 cm.
black/green item no. 103273 £ 39.90
black/grey item no. 103274 £ 39.90
5 Chapman Canvas Holdall
The fabric of these holdalls, canvas reinforced with two
layers of rubber, is especially hard-wearing. Leather
reinforcements, handles of woven cotton, metal parts
of solid brass, all seams sewn at least twice. This holdall
has a large storage area that can be closed with a brass
zip. Width 45 cm, depth 27 cm, height 37 cm, weight 1
kg. Available in blue, red and beige.
item no. 900144 £ 169.00
Width 82 cm, depth 37 cm, height
34 cm. Capacity: 100 l. Weight 1.8 kg.
item no. 103921 £ 259.00
1 From Offenbach in Germany:
Buckskin Sponge Bags
These sponge bags are made by fine bag
makers Hammann in Offenbach. Fine leatherware
has been made here by hand since 1864
and this continues to the present day. Both
bags in grained buckskin, interior lined
throughout with natural buckskin leather. Zip
closure on upper side.
Large Sponge Bag
Spacious interior and three small pockets on
the inner walls. Interior also contains a removable
zip-bag in natural buckskin, which is held
in place with four small Velcro tabs and also
functions as an inner divider. Dimensions of
inner bag: height 18.2 cm, length 26.5 cm.
Overall dimensions: height 20 cm, width 13 cm,
length 30 cm.
Black item no. 107375 £ 165.00
Dark tan item no. 107377 £ 165.00
Tabac item no. 107379 £ 165.00
Lilac item no. 107373 £ 165.00
Red item no. 105651 £ 165.00
Single inner space and three small pockets
on the interior walls. Height 10.2 cm, width
6.6 cm, length 19.5 cm.
Black item no. 107376 £ 65.00
Dark tan item no. 107378 £ 65.00
Tabac item no. 107380 £ 65.00
Lilac item no. 107374 £ 65.00
Red item no. 105652 £ 65.00
4 Leather Roll-Up Toiletry Bag
This wash bag is made according to the example based
on those used by the Royal Army. The outside is made
of oiled leather to protect against unavoidable damp.
On the inside, 5 pockets made of nylon provide plenty
of space for storage. Under a leather strap inside, for
example, toothbrushes and hair brushes can be kept.
Nylon straps protect from dirt, but the air can still get to
the contents. The fastener has 8 holes so there is plenty
of leeway for a full bag. The open bag can be hung up
in the bathroom using the belt strap. Size when closed
25 x 15 x 6 cm, open 43 x 25 cm. Made by a small saddler
in the English West Midlands – exclusively for
English tan item no. 105971 £ 129.00
Chestnut item no. 107331 £ 129.00
Peat item no. 101750 £ 129.00
2 Pocket Mirror
Handy pocket mirror from Graphic Image in New
York. Case and frame are made of embossed calf leather.
The reverse of the mirror has 2x magnification.
The mirror can be pulled out of the case via a hinge
on the side. Diameter 7 cm.
Fuchsia item no. 107383 £ 45.00
Dark tan item no. 107384 £ 45.00
Sky blue item no. 107385 £ 45.00
3 Mobile bathroom cabinet: Hanging Toiletry Bag
Even in good hotels there is often insufficient storage space in the bathroom. This
nylon toiletry bag can be hung up dry and hygienically in all possible (and impossible)
locations thanks to a large metal eyelet and a snap hook with a long strap. This bag
is a mobile bathroom cabinet, with four zipped pockets of various sizes and three
pockets to hold small items. Length folded out 52 cm, width 27 cm, weight 475 g.
Black item no. 103966 £ 22.90
Red item no. 103850 £ 22.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Luggage, Accessories & Outdoors
Wallets in 3 sizes from “Sonnenleder”, made in Bavaria
Handmade from vegetable-tanned cowhide. Excellent workmanship which can
withstand years of wear and tear. The leather gets more beautiful as it is used.
1 Large Leather Wallet
Just try to find a good wallet that lasts for years and meets all your needs. This is
one: an especially well-conceived wallet, hand-made out of vegetable-tanned
cowhide. Two linen-lined note pockets, 1 large coin compartment with pressstud,
4 credit card pockets, 1 ID card pocket, 3 pockets for memos. Format
closed 9.5 x 12.5 cm, Weight approx. 125 g.
natural item no. 100728 £ 95.00 black item no. 100729 £ 95.00
2 Medium Leather Wallet
2 note pockets (for unfolded £ 20.00 notes),1 change pocket, 1 pocket for identity
cards, 1 note pocket, 3 credit card pockets. Hand crafted from vegetabletanned
leather. Excellent finish for a long life. The leather gets more attractive
with use. Size when closed 9 x 11 cm, weight 90 g.
natural item no. 106003 £ 88.00 black item no. 106002 £ 88.00
3 Small Leather Wallet
Designed around a credit card. They don't get any smaller. 1 note compartment
for folded notes, 1 coin pocket, one note pocket, 3 credit card pockets.
Dimensions when closed 7.5 x 10.5 cm. Weight 65 g.
natural item no. 105997 £ 78.00 black item no. 105998 £ 78.00
1 2 3 1 2 3
8 "Viennese Box" Wallet
This wallet is made to an old design in two parts held together with two pressstuds.
If you fold out the two halves, a cotton-lined note holder, 6 credit card
pockets and 2 further compartments open up. The especially large coin compartment
folds together like an accordion and opens out to look like a box.
The Viennese Box is a very compact wallet with dimensions 9 x 9 x 1.5 cm. Made in
item no. 101692 £ 98.00
9 Leather Shake-Out Wallet
A shake-out wallet is so-called because you can shake
out the coins it holds into the open lid and thus quickly
get a better look at your change. The one here is also
provided with an inside pocket for folded notes. The
wallet is kept closed solely by the tension of the leather.
With strap to open it. Format 8 x 7.5 cm, 1.5 cm thick.
item no. 101470 £ 39.00
10 Travel Wallet
This travel wallet made of calf's leather is a place to
store plane tickets, credit cards, passports, booking confirmation,
documents and all the other papers you normally
carry with you when you travel. Seven card holders,
two large inside pockets, a further inside pocket for
easy access and a pocket on the back. Nylon lining.
Height 23.3 cm, width when closed 11.1 cm, width
when open 22.7 cm.
Leather Business Card Case
Unlike metal or plastic cases for business cards, you are always happy to have this
leather case with you. It fits nicely in the hand and won’t clunk around in your
trouser pocket. And if you want to just have the essentials with you, a debit or
credit card will also fit in. The two-part case is produced at a small leather-working
operation in Florence. The interior and exterior parts are each made of just
one piece of leather. For business cards in formats up to 8.5 x 5.3 cm. External
dimensions 9 x 6.3 x 1 cm. £ 39.00
4 black item no. 103092 6 dark tan item no. 101476
5 burl wood item no. 100934 7 red item no. 103091
tan item no. 105581 £ 95.00
red item no. 105582 £ 95.00
Papworth travel goods:
attaché cases made of
Papworth was founded in 1917 and
is now owned by Swaine Adeney
Brigg, who were founded in 1750,
and, like Papworth, have provided
the English court with leather goods
All products are made in a factory near
Cambridge according to traditional methods
from saddle leather and other first-class materials.
Although the bags are made on a production
line, one member of staff is personally responsible
for the quality of each individual product,
and their name can be found on a card in each of
the cases. All articles are delivered inside a green
felt bag in which you can keep the case if it is not
being used for long periods of time.
1 Lid-Over Attaché Case
A classic “Lid-Over”, that is to say that the lid flips over
the top of the body. This differs from the other, slimmer
briefcases in our range, as a large folder fits inside.
Made of saddle leather over a steel frame and
hand crafted. All metal parts are made of solid brass.
Lined with green leather. Inner pocket on the lid
with pen holders. Width 46 cm, depth 33 cm, height
12.5 cm, weight 2.95 kg.
Cambridge Tan item no. 100385 £ 835.00
Havanna item no. 105662 £ 835.00
Black item no. 105663 £ 835.00
2 Slim Lid-Over Attaché Case
Width 46 cm, depth 33 cm, height 7.4 cm, weight
Cambridge Tan item no. 100384 £ 740.00
3 Hand-Stitched Lid-Over Attaché Case
A once-in-a-lifetime purchase. Papworth lid-over
attaché case, hand-stitched.
1 Normally, manufacturers use machines to sew through
the thick saddle leather, as it is a strenuous task, but
here this is carried out by hand. This case therefore has a few nice details that distinguish
it from others in the range. With the other cases, the case and lid are made in
three pieces, while with the hand-crafted case, both pieces are made out of a single
piece of saddle leather. This is evident in the fact that on the hand-made case, open
edges of leather can only be seen on the corners. The trained eye can tell the difference
between hand and machine sewing. Apart from the difference in appearance,
the hand sewing is also more resilient. Width 46 cm, depth 11 cm, height 33 cm,
weight 3.3 kg.
Cambridge Tan item no. 101548 £ 1,275.00
1 2 3 3
www.torquato.co.uk Luggage, Accessories & Outdoors
4 5 6
7 For someone who has everything: Silver Collar Stiffeners
Even though silver is heavier than plastic, you need not worry that these collar stiffeners
will be too heavy, at a weight of 8 grams each. You can be certain that they
will survive a turn in the washing machine far better than their plastic brethren.
Made of sterling silver. Set of 2, approx. 7 cm long, 1 cm wide.
item no. 104335 £ 55.00
9 Ole Mathiesen Watches
In 1980 when Ole Mathiesen was accepted into the permanent collection of the
MoMA in New York, the small manufacturing firm in Copenhagen received international
attention for the first time. Nearly 20 years previously the clockmaker Ole
Mathiesen – started in 1962 – who learned his trade with, among others, the Swiss
manufacturer Jaeger-LeCoultre, designed a collection of classic watches that have
timeless elegance today. The white, slightly domed dial in an extra flat housing in
stainless steel is characteristic. The watches are not just impressively designed, they
are also of first-class quality, which continues to be overseen by Ole Mathiesen, who
is now over 70 years old.
The housing for this wristwatch by Ole Mathiesen is in polished stainless steel, the
glass in scratchproof convex sapphire glass, the wristband in black calves' leather.
The interior of the housing is furnished with a Swiss extra flat quartz movement
ETA 956.032 for high movement precision. Diameter 33 mm, weight 24 g.
Roman numerals: Ole Mathiesen OM1 item no. 105352
Lines dial: Ole Mathiesen OM2 item no. 105353
Arabic numerals: Ole Mathiesen OM3 item no. 105354
Cufflinks by Spreckelsen & Carnevale
This tiny master workshop in Hamburg is famous for its timeless classic design
and first-class workmanship. These cufflinks in English-inspired forms are individually
made by hand, the stones set with the greatest of care. The links have
a comfortable clip closure, are made in sterling silver and rhodanised for protection
against contact damage.
1 Oval Garnet Cufflinks
Red precious stone. Approx. 3.5 carats.
item no. 103390 £ 229.00
2 Oval Sapphire Cufflinks
Blue precious stone of gem hardness 9, the hardest gem after diamonds.
Two large cabochons with approx. 3.7 carats.
item no. 103389 £ 599.00
3 Round Garnet Cufflinks
Red precious stone. Approx. 1.8 carats.
item no. 103719 £ 199.00
4 Round Sapphire Cufflinks
Splendid cuff links with round cabochons, approx. 1.6 carats.
item no. 103388 £ 299.00
5 Carnelian Cufflinks
Red and blue, polished precious stone, approx. 0.55 carat (topaz).
item no. 105330 £ 329.00
6 Onyx Cufflinks
Black and blue, polished precious stone, approx. 0.6 carat (topaz).
item no. 105329 £ 329.00
8 Watch Collection Box
High-quality wooden box to hold six watches. The surface is veneered with
root wood from the elm tree. The watch holders and interior are lined with
velvet. External dimensions: Height 9.8 cm, width 36 cm, depth 12.7 cm,
weight 1.4 kg.
item no. 102019 £ 199.00
Aviator's Watch “Big Crown”
This aviator's watch was given the name “Big
Crown” due to its extra-large winding knob, or
crown, which made it possible for pilots to set
the time zone even when wearing thick gloves.
This made it very popular with the pilots of the
US Air Force because it was easy to operate even
under difficult conditions. The crown and the
knurled rim provide the characteristic appearance
of this legendary watch. This watch,
launched on the market in 1938, was at that
time one of the few watches that had a date
pointer on the dial. For a number of years now
this watch has been produced by Swiss
watchmaker Oris, a company that dates back
around 100 years. Oris was able to defy the tidal
wave of quartz watches and produces up-todate
mechanical watches of top quality. Stainless
steel case that is watertight to 50 m, armoured
Plexiglass, quick correction and screwed stainless
steel back with mineral glass window, luminous
hands and indices using Super-LumiNova® pigments.
ETA 2824-2 automatic movement, 28,800
oscillations an hour, 25 jewels, Incabloc shock
absorption, seconds stop function, power reserve
38 hours. 18 mm calfskin leather strap.
Diameter 36 mm, weight 50 g.
4 Big Crown Automatic Black
item no. 103339 £ 650.00
5 Big Crown Automatic White
item no. 103338 £ 650.00
MeisterSinger Single-hand watches – a relaxing way to tell the time
The best things come to those who wait. This statement is proven by the striking
products from the Münster watch manufacturer. The single-hand watch is
the precursor to the modern, mechanical watch: the time is shown by just one
hand, as was done centuries ago after the invention of the mechanical watch
and can still be seen on older clock towers today. Single-hand watches only
enable you to tell the time with an accuracy of up to 5 minutes. The people
who use these watches are those who like to take their time about things.
2 mm thick mineral glass. Diameter 38 mm, height 11.5 mm, weight 55 g.
1 MeisterSinger Single-Hand Watch No. 1 £ 698.00
Mechanical movement with manual wind ETA 2801-2 with a reserve of up to
black item no. 106911 ivory item no. 106912 silver item no. 106910
2 MeisterSinger Three-Hand Watch Scrypto £ 798.00
Classic three-hand watch with centrally positioned date. ETA 2824-2 selfwinding
mechanism with a reserve of up to 48 hours.
black item no. 106914 ivory item no. 106915 silver item no. 106913
1 1 2
Watches from Max Bill
The original design was by Max Bill, a child of the Bauhaus generation, student of
Walter Gropius and companion of Le Corbusier and Mies van der Rohe, who was
active as a painter, architect, sculptor, teacher and designer.
3 Max Bill Watches
Inside, there is an ETA 2801-2 Swiss mechanical hand-wound movement. The movement
operates at 28,800 oscillations an hour, has 17 jewels and Incabloc shock
absorption. Case, back and lugs of polished stainless steel. Slightly domed Plexi-hard
glass over face. Waterproof. Case diameter 3.3 cm (1.3” approx.), weight with strap
Stainless Steel Case
Silver-coloured dial, black calfskin leather strap.
item no. 102011 £ 475.00
Gold plating 10 microns, silver-coloured dial, matt sunburst finish, brown calfskin
item no. 102012 £ 495.00
6 Self-illuminated face. Wristwatch H3 Navigator
This watch has small self-illuminating Borosit glass capsules embedded in the hands
and the indices that glow without batteries or charging up in daylight. The brightness
is a hundred times greater than with conventional watches. In addition, the
watch is waterproof to 30 m and extremely robust due to the glass fibre reinforced
case. The US Army has ordered several hundred thousand examples of this Swiss
watch from the canton of Bern. Case made of polyester with 30% glass fibre reinforcement,
rim of polyamide, crystal of scratch-resistant mineral glass, crown made
of stainless steel, screwed back. Swiss Ronda quartz movement with date display.
Diameter 4.5 cm, weight 40 g.
item no. 103242 £ 199.00
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Luggage, Accessories & Outdoors
Tweedmill Picnic Blankets
You will always be dry when sitting outside on these
blankets. The underside is made of waterproof nylon
4 Small Tweedmill Picnic Blanket
Something to always keep with you: the basis for a
spontaneous occasion. Ideal for the car, on the bicycle
or in a backpack. 100% wool, Royal Stuart tartan.
Underside made of navy blue 2 oz nylon, waterproof
to 3,500 mm water column. Dimensions 98 x
66 cm, folded 25 x 8 x 6 cm.
item no. 100510 £ 35.00
5 Large Tweedmill Picnic Blanket
The area of 137 x 183 cm gives enough space for at
least two people and the picnic. 100% wool in
“Hunting McLeod” tartan. Underside made of
strong green 4 oz nylon, waterproof to 6,000 mm
water column, two carrying handles, two large compartments.
item no. 100509 £ 109.00
7 Picnic Basket
The supplier of this basket has been making picnic baskets for over 60 years. The
basket is woven by hand from unstripped willow. The handle is covered with leather,
the fastening toggles and retaining straps are also made of leather. Inside
there is everything you need for a picnic for four with French bread, cheese and red
wine: 4 ceramic plates, 4 glasses, 1 small cooler bottle, 1 tablecloth and 4 cotton
napkins, salt and pepper, 1 bottle opener, 4 knives, forks and dessert spoons respectively,
1 bottle cooler.
item no. 102739 £ 275.00
8 Pocket Folding Chair
This chair means you can sit comfortably on the beach, at sports events or open-air
concerts, at a picnic or on a bench at a beer festival. The backrest of the patented
chair supports the back and so prevents backache, bruised elbows and having to constantly
change sitting position. The seat can be folded up small and be transported
comfortably in the included carry-bag. Keep handy for car or boat journeys. Birch
wood. Dimensions when rolled up: length 40 cm, diameter 10 cm, weight 985 g.
item no. 103425 £ 49.90
6 Polartec Fleece Blankets
TIME magazine rated Polartec materials as one of the
“100 best inventions of the 20th century” and thus put
Polartec up there with major breakthroughs such as
penicillin, the computer or the zip fastener. The fibres,
made of 100% polyester, take up less than 1% of their
weight in water, meaning that they cannot get wet. As
opposed to lower-quality fleece products, Polartec does
not pill nor lose its insulating properties after being
washed many times. These blankets have a markedly
better insulating capacity than wool and hence are lighter.
They are suitable both for use indoors and outdoors.
Washable at 40 °C. Beige edging. Supplied in the extralarge
size 220 x 160 cm, making it ideal for use by taller
people as well.
grey mottled item no. 104458 £ 79.90
blue item no. 102371 £ 79.90
The Australian Cooler Bag: lunch bags for the Australian sun
These excellent products are the result of a simple idea: if wool can keep warm
things warm, then it can also keep cold things cool. All the cooler bags are
made of a water-repellent and robust waxed cloth. The lining is made of quilted
Australian wool and, in addition, a foil has been sewn in underneath the
waxed cloth so that condensation cannot get into the wool. Handles made of
leather. The interior is closed off from the outside environment by a thick zip
fastener. Using a normal cooling block, food can be kept cool for up to
24 hours and at least for 6–12 hours. From a small wool processor in western
1 Australian Cooler Bag Extra
The original, made even better with a pocket (48 x 28 cm) for plates or other
picnic utensils. Dimensions 40 x 34 x 20 cm. Capacity 20 litres.
item no. 103450 £ 125.00
2 Australian Lunch Box
Starter model, Dimensions 30 x 22 x 14 cm, Capacity 10 litres.
item no. 103451 £ 72.00
3 Australian Water Holder
Keeps a 1 litre water bottle cool or a hot bottle of mulled wine warm. Diameter
11 cm, height 26 cm.
item no. 103452 £ 48.00
High quality, well thought out, made in Innsbruck from the best materials
Bag and pack maker Helmut Schmarda has been in business since 1911 and
produces backpacks of top quality by hand on the basis of traditional designs
for use in hunting and leisure activities. Backpacks made of top-class green
sailcloth, straps of leather, pockets edged with leather. All the backpacks have
a slot-type pocket against the back with an inside compartment, a quickaccess
pocket for things that you need to get at in a hurry, for example, tissues
or a map, a zipped pocket on the inside of the covering flap and two outside
pockets at the back. The cover flap straps are extra-long to allow a blanket
or a jacket to be stuffed under them.
1 Large Schmarda Hunting Backpack
Volume 30 litres. Height 58 cm, width 55 cm, weight 1.3 kg.
item no. 103429 £ 114.00
Backpack Waterproof Insert (not shown)
To transport game. Waterproof insert to fit the hunting backpack.
item no. 103430 £ 18.90
2 Small Schmarda Backpack
Volume 12 litres. Height 40 cm, width 33 cm, weight 750 g.
item no. 103431 £ 89.00
3 Schmarda Child's Backpack
Volume 4 litres. Height 33 cm, width 30 cm, weight 440 g.
item no. 103432 £ 65.00
7 Back to its roots: Sigg 1 Litre Heritage Bottle
The aluminium drinking bottles from Sigg, based in the Swiss canton Thurgau,
have been the most popular drinking bottles for outdoor activities for years,
thanks to their low weight, practical design and robustness. Sigg has been
making drinking bottles and household objects out of aluminium since 1908.
Extruded from a single piece of aluminium, with colourless powder coating on
the outside and with a food-safe coating on the inside. The coating and finish
will easily withstand dents to the bottle without flaking off. Screw cap with
rubber seal and aluminium hoop. Dishwasher safe. Do not fill with liquids
above 85 °C. Volume 1 litre, diameter 8.2 cm, height 23.5 cm, weight 150 g.
item no. 106564 £ 22.00
4 Rite in the Rain: Water-Repellent Notebook
Notebook with water-repellent paper which lets water simply drip off. The paper
doesn't get soaked and can even be written on in driving rain. 160 lined and
numbered pages, 12 x 19 cm, robust waterproof fabric cover and contents page.
item no. 106561 £ 19.95
5 Rite in the Rain Notepad
Notebook with original Rite in the Rain paper, spiral-bound, with squared pages,
7.5 x 3.5 cm, plastic cover and spine. 100 pages.
item no. 106562 £ 4.50
6 No Water Gel Handwash
This gel for cleaning hands while on the move is no real
substitute for washing hands with water. But until the
next opportunity arises, No Water Handwash Gel is a
reasonable alternative. This handwash gel from Scottish
Fine Soaps is antibacterial and the 50 ml tube is so small
that you can always carry it with you. Apply a little to
the hands and rub in until the gel is dry. Contains water,
alcohol and glycerine. (£ 15.00 / 100 ml)
item no. 106565 £ 7.50
A complete survival aid containing everything you need
to get by on an unexpected stay in the wilderness: compass,
matches, a fishing line, a packet of soup, tea and
sugar, a shaving blade, nails, fishing hooks, etc. 41
pieces in total, air and watertight packaging in a sardine
can. Height 2.5 cm, width 7.8 cm, length 11.1 cm.
item no. 105598 £ 19.95
10 Army Pocket Torch
Robust sheet steel case. Rotary switch with Morse button.
Three sliding controllers for light filters: red, green and
camouflage light. Leather strap to attach to the belt or to
hook into a jacket. With spare bulb in the case. Operates
on 2 monocells 1.5 V. Dimensions 10.5 x 6.5 x 4.5 cm.
item no. 101859 £ 19.95
11 Opinel Mushroom Knife
With this multipurpose tool, you can cut away bad parts
of the mushroom straight after they have been collected,
and brush away any soil deposits. Folding blade
made of stainless steel, handle made of lacquered
beech, brush made from wild boar bristles. Not suitable
for dishwashers. Length 20.3 cm.
item no. 105935 £ 24.90
8 Everlight Twist Torch
A torch that needs no batteries: by simply twisting the
torch, the built-in generator produces electrical energy.
This is stored in a capacitor which, in contrast to
a battery, never corrodes and can be charged and
discharged several 100,000 times. After just
10 seconds of twisting, there is enough energy for
10 minutes of light. The three built-in Nichia LEDs are
virtually indestructible and have over 100,000 hours
of life. Their light is focused by a precision lens made
from acrylic. The Everlight consists of an extremely
robust, splash-proof polycarbonate body which guarantees
use in extreme and inclement conditions. Ideal
for the car, the home or on a boat. Light visible up to
1 km. 7,000 lux. Length 14.5 cm, weight 150 g.
item no. 106802 £ 25.95
www.torquato.co.uk Luggage, Accessories & Outdoors
English bridle leather goods made for Torquato
2 Thermos Flask in Bridle Leather Holder
Holder made of bridle leather, lined inside with green suede leather. Height 31 cm,
diameter 9 cm. Original Aladdin thermos flask, double-walled stainless steel
vacuum flask with a 15-year guarantee from the maker. Contents 0.75 l.
item no. 102761 £ 168.00
3 Travel Tray: For the Man Who Has Everything
There simply cannot be a more elegant way of serving spirits out in the countryside
– especially with the matching silver beakers. 15 x 15 cm.
item no. 101751 £ 52.00
4 Hunter Flask
The leather-covered stainless steel flask holds 295 ml and with a height of 18 cm fits
nicely into an overcoat pocket. A leather cap holds four small stainless steel
tumblers on the flask. Weight 320 g.
item no. 101749 £ 75.00
5 Bar Set
A round case with adjustable carrying strap. The lid is closed by means of a zip.
Inside are three glass bottles that each hold 235 ml of whatever tipple you fancy.
The screw caps can also be used as beakers. The round case is covered with bridle
leather on the outside and green suede leather on the inside. Height 19 cm,
diameter of the case 10 cm, weight 1.1 kg.
item no. 101748 £ 195.00
6 Tin Hipflasks
This tin hipflask is truly flat and because of its rounded edges and curved shape it
is very comfortable to carry in the pocket. It is finished by hand in a family firm in
Sheffield, established in 1877.
Large: 225 ml, 15 x 10 x 2 cm, weight 220 g item no. 103173 £ 48.00
Small: 115 ml, 12 x 8 x 2 cm, weight 135 g item no. 103174 £ 34.00
10 Leather Embossing
You can make these leather items even more valuable
by having them feature the owner’s initials. This
is possible in the case of boxes without a silver medallion,
or those that have one and it is left off (indicate
as a special request). Delivery takes 4–6 weeks.
Typeface: Antiqua, letter height 4 mm. Initials are
always embossed with full stops, unless expressly specified
otherwise. The price covers 1 to max. 3 letters.
1 Laguiole Knives from “Forge de Laguiole”
Originating 175 years ago in Laguiole in the Auvergne region, these knives of
the same name quickly became an absolute must for every Frenchman. They
represent the proverbial “savoir vivre” and French lifestyle in a way that virtually
no other object does. The knives from the “Forge de Laguiole” all bear
the quality label “Laguiole Origine Garantie”, which verifies compliance with
specific quality criteria and that they indeed come from Laguiole. The blades
are individually forged (not stamped out) from non-rusting T12 steel and hardened.
The Laguiole knives we sell have so-called mitres and a spine made of
brass, the hand-made handles are made either of olive wood or resin-impregnated
laminated wood. Length 11 cm, length with blade folded out 20.5 cm,
weight 80 g (with corkscrew). Resin-impregnated laminated wood handles –
very strong and weatherproof. 2-piece (with corkscrew).
Olive Wood Handle
item no. 101770 £ 98.00
2-piece (with corkscrew)
item no. 101771 £ 109.00
Stamina Wood Handle
item no. 101768 £ 69,90
2-piece (with corkscrew)
item no. 101769 £ 88,00
7 Small Round Leather Box
Lined with beige velvet, dark brown leather with silver medallion, diameter
6.5cm, height 4 cm. item no. 101479 £ 48.00
8 Oval Leather Box
Lined with beige velvet, dark brown leather with silver medallion. Format
12 x 16.5 cm, height 6 cm. item no. 101477 £ 125.00
9 Small Rectangular Leather Box
Made of unlined red-brown leather. The cover is attached to the lower part on
the long side by a leather hinge. Format 7 x 10 cm, height 3.5 cm.
item no. 101472 £ 56.00
1 Sac Besace Shoulder Bag
In France, everyone knows what a sac besace is: a casual shoulder bag with a
large flap. This type of bag, named after a village in the Ardennes, was originally
a courier or messenger bag. Our sac besace is made by our bag manufacturer
in the Dordogne out of suede. The inside features a large main compartment
and a small compartment. Press stud fastening, with a flap over the
opening. Leather fibre material inner base and adjustable 4 cm wide fabric
shoulder strap. Height 34 cm, width 7 cm, length 36 cm, weight 800 g.
Taupe item no. 106553 £ 175.00
Arabica item no. 106554 £ 175.00
2 “Totem” Canvas Bag
Small bag that keeps its shape, the leather
handles are attached to big brass eyelets. With
additional zipped pocket inside. Height 22 cm,
width 35 cm, depth 10 cm.
Sludge item no. 104117 £ 85.00
Espresso item no. 104116 £ 85.00
Black item no. 104115 £ 85.00
3 Boston Leather Handbag
Bags made of velour leather with zip fastening and two small outer pockets
on the short sides, for things such as mobile phones. Inside made of leather
fibres. Height 29 cm, width 30 cm, depth 16 cm.
Taupe item no. 105740 £ 138.00
Arabica item no. 105741 £ 138.00
4 Cape Cod Handbag
Handbags made of strong, fine canvas. The leather handles
are so long at 54 cm that you can also carry this bag
over your shoulder. Additional inner base made of leather
fibre material. Leather straps hold the bag together
at the top. With small inner pocket and snap hook to
hold keys. Height 28 cm, width 36 cm, depth 15 cm.
Beige item no. 103954 £ 95.00
Marine item no. 103955 £ 95.00
Sludge item no. 103956 £ 95.00
5 Pocket Clothes Brush
A small brush that easily fits in your suitcase or handbag. Made of lacquered beech
wood with bristles from China. Length 8.5 cm.
item no. 102705 £ 8.90
6 Leather Case for Tissues
A holder for the disposable paper tissues known generically as Kleenex. Colour: dark
brown. External dimensions 11 x 6 x 2.5 cm.
item no. 102284 £ 39.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Paper & Office
6 Leather Pen Case
With high-quality brass zip and two elastic loops, one
for a larger pen, e.g. a piston-filling ink system, up to
14 cm in length. The inside is unlined and there is an
additional leather compartment for keeping stamps.
Additional leather-bound edges. Size: 155 x 50 x 25 mm.
Made in Bavaria, Germany.
Light brown leather item no. 100724 £ 29.90
Black leather item no. 100725 £ 29.90
7 Leather Pen Case
In a classic design to hold two pens. Made by Treuleben
& Bischof. The leather case with flexible flaps can hold
two relatively thick pens up to 13 cm in length. The case
is closed with two gold-plated magnet studs. Size:
13 x 5 cm. Weight 30 g.
item no. 100383 £ 45.00
Ecridor: silver-plated pens from Caran d’Ache
This Swiss company has been manufacturing high-quality instruments near
Geneva since 1924. The hexagonal Retro series was developed after World War
II as part of the Ecridor programme for the US Air Force. Members of the Air
Force who had performed outstanding services were given Retro ballpoint
pens in recognition of their service. The body of this model is made of brass
with 10-micron silver-plating and a rhodium finish. Length 13 cm.
1 Ecridor Ballpoint Pen
A classic since 1953. Includes Goliath cartridge, medium, black.
item no. 102067 £ 88.00
2 Ecridor Mechanical Pencil
The first of these mechanical pencils saw the light of day in 1930. In those days
it caused a worldwide sensation. For 0.7 mm lead cartridges. Includes eraser.
item no. 102068 £ 88.00
Caran d'Ache Goliath Cartridge (not shown)
Does not smudge, writes smoothly, will write for up to 600 A4 pages.
Black medium item no. 102070 £ 5.50
Blue medium item no. 102071 £ 5.50
Black broad item no. 102072 £ 5.50
Blue broad item no. 102073 £ 5.50
Caran d’Ache Refill Leads (not shown)
Pack of 12 refill leads, HB, 0.7 mm.
item no. 102074 £ 3.90
Caran d’Ache Ecridor XS: Small but chic - portable writing implements
The only difference between the Ecridor and XS series is the size. XS was
designed to accompany personal organisers, handbags or notebooks. Length
3 Ballpen Ecridor XS item no. 103471 £ 95.00
4 Mechanic Pencil Ecridor XS item no. 103470 £ 95.00
Ballpoint Pen Refill for XS (not shown)
Blue medium item no. 103473 £ 2.50
Black medium item no. 103474 £ 2.50
5 Cd'A Ballpoint Pen, Aluminium
Basic model with aluminium-coated body and chrome-plated clip. Includes
Goliath cartridge, medium, blue. Length 13 cm.
item no. 102069 £ 14.90
8 Beech Wood Ink Blotter
Large blotter made of oiled or black varnished beech. For 15 x 7.5 cm blotting
paper – 5 sheets included. Unscrew knob to replace blotting paper. Length
15 cm, width 8 cm, height 10 cm, weight 80 g.
Oiled Beech Wood item no. 103266 £ 16.50
Black Varnished Beech Wood
item no. 103267 £ 16.50
10 blotting paper sheets, 15 x 7.5 cm for wooden blotter.
item no. 103271 £ 4.80
9 Silver Ink Blotter
Small ink blotter with wooden base. By unscrewing the knob the silver plate
and solid wood base can be taken apart in order to replace the blotting paper.
Kitchen paper can also be cut to size as replacement sheets. Sterling silver.
Width 8 cm, depth 5.5 cm, height 5 cm. Weight 86 g.
item no. 100206 £ 128.00
10 Acrylic Glass Ink Blotter
Ink blotter made of 10 mm thick acrylic glass. Base made of 1 mm thick acrylic
glass. Width 12.5 cm, height 7.0 cm, depth 5.5 cm. Weight 90 g.
item no. 100562 £ 24.50
5 replacement blotting paper sheets, 5.5 x 16 cm for acrylic glass ink blotter.
item no. 100563 £ 3.20
1 A place to keep your thoughts: LEUCHTTURM1917 Notebook
There are many similar notebooks to these ones out there, and some falsely
claim to be the original. That can’t be said of these books. The traditional
company, with more than 90 years’ experience, has given these products a few
extra features to raise them out of their everyday status, making them – in our
view – the most sophisticated bound notebooks of all. All LEUCHTTURM1917
notebooks have numbered pages, and at the start of every book there is a
blank contents page. This enables you to find your notes easily at any time.
And you can also include cross references within your notes (“see page XY”).
The last 32 pages of every book are perforated, meaning that you always have
a piece of paper with you if you want to pass on a note to someone. A set of
several stickers for labelling the cover and spine is enclosed with all books –
the spine labels are helpful for archiving. The largest book, called “Master”,
has particularly attracted our attention. It is in oversize A4 format, which
means that you can put A4 sheets of paper safely inside. The remaining features
come as standard, but we’ll mention them anyway: thread-stitched
pages, wipe-clean cover material, bookmark ribbon (except for “Block”),
elastic closure, and a pocket in the back cover to keep sheets of paper in.
Ruled Squared Blanco Price
item no. item no. item no.
1 Master “A4+”
237 pages, 31.5 x 22.5 cm 105911 106510 105912 £ 19.95
1 Medium A5
245 pages, 21 x 15 cm 105913 106511 105914 £ 11.95
1 Pocket A6
181 pages, 15 x 9 cm 105915 106512 105916 £ 7.95
2 Block A6
91 pages, 15 x 9 cm 105917 106513 105918 £ 7.95
3 Agenda Embossing
Having your name embossed on the notebook
makes it distinctive. The embossing is in
“Grotesque” font, letter height approx. 6 mm.
Embossing in lower right-hand corner, 3.5 cm
from the lower and the right-hand edge.
Colours: black (blind embossing), grey, silver or
gold. When you place your order, please contact
our printing service or give details about the
embossing you require in the “Comments” field
during the order process. Supplement for each
embossed book. £ 9.95
From Japan. Storage.it
Notebooks bound with a strong plastic bag, which can be tightly closed with
the slide zip. It can be used to store a whole host of different things: headache
pills, tickets, paperclips, business cards, keys, buttons, etc. The notebooks are
in standard formats (stapled, 64 ruled pages), so that it is easy for you to replace
the notebook once it's full.
4 Storage.it A5 Notebook
22.5 x 16.3 cm, 1 large compartment for cards in the front, pen loops and
3 small compartments on the back.
Black item no. 106831 Ivory item no. 106832 £ 11.90
5 Storage.it A6 Notebook
16 x 12.4 cm, 1 large compartment for cards in the front, pen loops and 2 small
compartments on the back.
Black item no. 106833 Ivory item no. 106834 £ 8.90
6 Storage.it A7 Notebook
12 x 9 cm, 1 card compartment front and back; with pen loop.
Black item no. 106835 Ivory item no. 106836 £ 7.90
www.torquato.co.uk Paper & Office
2 World Travel Journal
Not just a simple travel journal, but a self-written travel guide for the most important
information about every travel destination you can't do without on your next
visit. In addition, the book has a lot of useful travel information. Alongside maps of
the most important travel destinations in the whole world, you will find a perpetual
calendar, an international weather overview, various conversion tables, international
dialling codes and a time zone overview. In addition, you can add your own
maps or sketches on other squared pages. 320 pages in total with page marker and
gold edging. Leather bound. Height 15.2 cm, width 11.2cm, thickness 2 cm.
Brown item no. 105583 £ 58.00 Red item no. 105584 £ 58.00
Marque-Page Brass Bookmarks
Brass bookmark shaped like a ba-bird from ancient Egyptian mythology. Made at a
small workshop in Paris where metal brooches and bookmarks are produced using
historical models. The individual parts are cast from brass, deburred and polished,
soldered with tin and then gilded and patinated. Height 14.5–15 cm.
3 Ba-bird Bookmark item no. 106978 £ 13.90
Design from ancient Egyptian mythology.
4 Palm Ornament Bookmark item no. 106979 £ 13.90
Design from the time of the Directoire.
5 Gourgogne Bookmark item no. 106980 £ 13.90
Design from Greek mythology.
6 Eschenbach Reading Stick
An enlarging reading stick that makes more than
just the small print easier to read. With red guiding
line to follow the lines of text better. Reproduction
scale cylindrical 1.8x. Made in scratchproof, coated
perspex. Width 35 mm, length 250 mm.
item no. 105417 £ 49.90
7 Book Brush
A particularly soft book brush suitable for dusting even
older and delicate volumes carefully and delicately,
without inflicting damage – even if only the only the
spine or the outer edges of the pages are dusty. Oiled
pearwood, brush part in soft goat hair, length 26 cm.
item no. 105456 £ 11.95
1 European Shopping Guide
In these times where many people make an annual shopping trip to America,
a visit to Milan, Paris or London is still worth its while. At any rate, these three
cities are certainly among the trendiest shopping destinations in the world and
that’s why we’re convinced that this guide will have its fans. With outline maps
of Europe, city maps and useful addresses for the three cities. Plus: a perpetual
calendar, international weather overview, various conversion tables, international
dialling codes, overview of time zones, and plenty of space for your
own notes. 272 pages with bookmark and gilt edging. Leather cover. Height
15.2 cm, width 11.2 cm, thickness 2 cm.
item no. 106556 £ 48.00
“Toiles de Jouy”
After the ban that had been in place in France
on the import and production of "Indiennes"
printed cotton fabrics since 1686 was lifted by
Louis XV in 1759, textiles from foreign
merchants began to flow into the country. As a
result of this, Christoph-Philipp Oberkampf
moved to France from Württemberg and founded
a fabric factory in Jouy-en-Josas in Île de
France. The colourfully printed cotton fabrics,
which were designed from 1783 by
Jean-Baptiste Huet, one of the best-known
artists of the day, achieved fame in Europe
under the name "toiles de jouy" and remain to
this day a symbol of 18th century rural life in
France. The fabric we have used depicts a motif
based on the very popular "Four Seasons"
design from the 18th century.
1 Toiles Sewing Box
We call it a sewing box but it is actually not only
suitable for a sewing kit but for everything you
want to sort out and find an appropriate home
for. It also makes, for example, a very good
jewellery box. Covered with fabric on the outside,
lined with black paper. Inside there are
two open boxes 6.5 x 18.5 x 6.5 cm and 18 x 15
x 6.5 cm. These are also coated with fabric and
lined with black paper and can be used to store
small objects. A silk band serves to slide the lid
on. Height 13 cm, width 33.5 cm, length 21 cm.
Red item no. 101772
Blue item no. 100310
Grey item no. 106186
2 Toiles Flip Lid Box
Fabric-covered archive box lined with black paper.
When closed, the box can be stored like a book on a
shelf. Inside dimensions width 32 x depth 24.5 x height
4.5 cm. £ 29.95
Red item no. 100928 Blue item no. 100312
Grey item no. 106187
3 Toiles Paper Storers
Helps prevent side tables getting cluttered. Magazine
holder covered with fabric, made of cardboard, lined
inside with black paper. On the back there is a window
for a label. Height 32 cm, width 10 cm, depth 26 cm.
Red item no. 106178 Blue item no. 106180
Grey item no. 106188
4 Toiles Memoboard
Invitations, appointments, important letters, photos
etc. can be inserted behind the diamond-shaped taut
bands or secured with drawing pins. Dimensions 41.5 x
41.5 cm. £ 29.95
Red item no. 106179 Blue item no. 106181
Grey item no. 106189
5 Toiles Wastepaper Basket
Hexagonal wastepaper basket with folding mechanism.
The bin is lined with black paper and can be folded
down flat. Ø 25 cm, height 35 cm.
Red item no. 100925 Blue item no. 100308
Grey item no. 106184
6 Toiles de Jouy Letter Holder
Lined with black paper on the inner sides. Height 10 cm,
width 9 cm, length 24.5 cm.
Red item no. 101767 Blue item no. 100306
Grey item no. 106182
7 Toiles de Jouy Desk Tidy
Inside lined with black paper. Diameter 10 cm. Height
10 cm. £ 7.95
Red item no. 106176 Blue item no. 100309
Grey item no. 106183
8 Toiles de Jouy Photo Frame
Photo frames with a wide edge for 10 x 15 cm photos,
can be stood up in portrait or landscape format. Height
18.5 cm, width 14.5 cm, depth 10 cm.
Red item no. 106177 Blue item no. 100314
Grey item no. 106185
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Paper & Office
4 Leather 5-Year Book
Ever wondered what happened four years ago today?
This 5-year book is a special type of diary. Each page has
space for the same day over a period of 5 years. This
book is guaranteed to become your special reference
about your very own past. Cover made of high-quality
russet leather. With gilt edging. Size: 13 x 21 cm.
item no. 100382 £ 58.00
5 Leather Guest Book
Handcrafted with black high-quality leather cover.
140 pages of best-quality deckle-edge paper. The pages
are cut at the top of the book and gilt-edged. This
means that you can simply blow away any dust which
has accumulated. Treuleben & Bischof is one of the very
few companies left nowadays which still masters the
use of gilt edging. Size: width 23.5 cm, height 27.7 cm.
item no. 100381 £ 195.00
1 Leather Photo Album & Slipcase
The queen of our photo albums: 112-page black leather
photo album. The three-part cover is crafted by hand,
the spine is produced with raised banding. The slipcase is
covered on the inside and outside with orange peel
effect material and on the top and bottom with leather.
Interleaved with parchment paper. Size: 32 x 33 x 7 cm.
Actual photo album sheets 28.5 x 32 cm.
Bordeaux item no. 103250 £ 159.00
Black item no. 100378 £ 159.00
2 Leather Photo Album
The ideal heirloom: photos presented in real leather. 112-page photo album
covered with slightly grained leather. Interleaved with parchment paper.
Size: 32 x 33 x 6.5 cm. Actual photo album sheets 28.5 x 32 cm.
Bordeaux item no. 100379 £ 124.00
Black item no. 100380 £ 124.00
3 Half Leather Photo Album
A combination of “elephant skin” paper, a type of parchment paper, and
brown leather. The leather reinforces the spine of the album and other sensitive
areas, such as the corners. This guarantees that the album will stay looking
good for many years, allowing lots of memories to be collected over 90 pages.
Parchment interleaves. Size: 32 x 33 x 7 cm. Actual photo album pages
28.5 x 32 cm.
Bordeaux item no. 101602 £ 109.00
Black item no. 100377 £ 109.00
Dura: office organisation from Leuchtturm
Robust cardboard container for ordering and storing, traditional riveted finish
and featuring metal reinforcements on the edges and corners.
6 Dura Suspension File Box
Height 24 cm, width 17.5 cm, depth 33 cm. With 2 robust metal clasps and
space for label. For approx. 15 standard suspension file books or pockets.
Natural item no. 104744 £ 12.95 Grey item no. 104745 £ 12.95
7 Dura CD Box
Height 15.5 cm, width 14 cm, depth 28 cm. For up to 50 CDs in plastic cases.
Natural item no. 104748 £ 9.95 Grey item no. 104749 £ 9.95
8 Dura Drawer Box
Height 20 cm, width 24 cm, depth 33 cm. Metal clasps with space for label,
drawers fit up to A4 size.
Natural item no. 104746 £ 19.95 Grey item no. 104747 £ 19.95
9 Dura Magazine File
Height 32 cm, width 10 cm, depth 26 cm. Metal clasp with space for label.
Natural item no. 104742 £ 5.95 Grey item no. 104743 £ 5.95
Dura Archive Box
These archive boxes with lid are larger than the standard size, meaning that
there is sufficient room to conveniently store away files and folders.
10 Dura Archivebox A3+
Height 10 cm, width 35 cm, depth 46 cm.
Nature item no. 106957 £ 29.95 Grey item no. 106958 £ 29.95
11 Dura Archivebox A4+
Height 10 cm, width 27 cm, depth 33.5 cm.
Nature item no. 106955 £ 9.95 Grey item no. 106956 £ 9.95
1 Black or White Pages:
Linen-Covered Photo Albums
These large photo albums have been specially
designed so that each page will hold 6 photos,
each measuring 9 x 13 cm, plus a caption underneath
each one. The album will take up to 600
photos. The linen-covered albums are available
in four different colours. There is also the choice
between ivory white or black pages. An album
containing black pages with photo captions
written in white used to be the norm, but is
something quite special nowadays. Each album
comprises 50 card leaves (= 100 pages) and glassine
interleaves embossed with spider-web pattern.
Height: 30.5 cm, width 30.5 cm, depth 7 cm.
Weight 1.9 kg.
Covering Album Album
black pages white pages
£ 54.90 £ 49.90
Black item no. 103335 item no. 103337
Brown item no. 105057 item no. 105053
Beige item no. 105056 item no. 105052
item no. 105054 item no. 105050
(Sky blue) item no. 105055 item no. 105051
Blue item no. 103332 item no. 100915
Bordeaux item no. 103334 item no. 103336
Red item no. 103333 item no. 100914
2 Coccoina Photo Adhesive
This glue comes from potato starch and has been made since 1927. Nothing has
changed either in its ingredients or in the packaging since then. The pleasant smell of
almonds is typical of Coccoina. An aluminium tube in the centre of the pot contains a
brush which is used to administer the glue. Ideal for both photos and paper. Water
soluble and acid-free. Contents 125 g.
item no. 101400 £ 3.60 (£ 2.88 / 100 g)
3 Coccoina Adhesive Stick
Now also available as a handy glue stick. Also with almond fragrance. 20 g.
item no. 104576 £ 1.80 (£ 9.00 / 100 g)
6 Gutenberg Adhesive Stick
An adhesive with a high viscosity and outstanding
adherence, made of pure gum arabic (natural gum) and
water. Gutenberg crystal gum does not damage delicate
paper and is a tried and tested product, used for more
than 50 years as a commercial adhesive for use in the
home, in the studio or at the office. Comes in a glass
bottle with a flexible applicator for precision. Contents
60 g. (£ 14.83 / 100 g)
item no. 103244 £ 8.90
7 CD Box
Practical boxes with a hinged lid for keeping photos or
CDs safe from dust and light. The inside is divided into
three adjustable sections and provides space for up to
23 CD covers. On the front there is a window behind
which you can insert a label. A corded ribbon holds the
lid open. Made of cardboard covered with laminated
wipe-clean paper. Height 15.5 cm, width 18 cm, length
25.5 cm. £ 19.90
Navy item no. 106163 Ciel item no. 106165
Pastel green item no. 106166 Fuchsia item no. 106164
A strip of black card folded like an accordion between
two fabric-covered book covers. Ideal medium for a
mini album on a small, defined theme or telling a short
picture story. With corded ribbon to close. For up to
10 photos in 10 x 15 cm size. Dimensions 12 x 17.5 cm.
Navy item no. 106167 Ciel item no. 106169
Pastel green item no. 106170 Fuchsia item no. 106168
5 Small Photobox
You don't always want to make an album for every
occasion. In these small boxes, which are covered with
laminated, wipe-clean paper, you can store photos temporarily,
or they make an attractive present. Lid with
window of 9.9 x 7 cm for a photo or a card with inscription
(max 14 x 19 cm). Height 5 cm, width 21 cm, depth
15.5 cm. £ 9.50
Navy item no. 105058 Ciel item no. 105059
Pastel green item no. 105060 Fuchsia item no. 105061
www.torquato.co.uk Paper & Office
4 Elastic X-Bands
These cruciform-shaped elastic bands keep your
paperwork and household items neat and tidy:
books, files, floppy discs, CDs etc. They can also be
used to hold small packages and parcels together.
The high elasticity means that they can be stretched
to the limit, up to 5 times their original size.
15 x 1.1 cm
(contents: 135 approx.)
item no. 103811 £ 16.90
8 x 1.1 cm
(contents: 275 approx.)
item no. 103812 £ 16.90
1 Holes, eyelets, stapling –
PunchNBind Hole and Eyelet Punch
This multi-purpose device made in Germany by
Constantin Hang is both a hole punch and eyelet punch.
First of all, holes can be punched into a maximum of
30 sheets of paper in one go. In a second step, the 5 mm
Ø aluminium eyelets are inserted and can be used in any
standard file. The papers are then attached and there is
no danger of the holes tearing. Distance between holes
8 cm, distance of hole from edge 1 cm. Holes can be
punched up to 3mm thick. Size with handle down, 12.4 x
16.5 x 7.7 cm, weight 1 kg.
item no. 103275
item no. 103276
2 Cd'A Pencil Sharpener
A robust and precise mechanical metal device which can
sharpen colouring pencils and pencils up to 10 mm in
diameter thanks to an adjustable cone width. A spring
in the holding device then pushes the pencil into the
actual sharpener. The cutting edge tool can be taken
out and cleaned. The mechanical sharpener comes with
a screw clamp to fix on work surfaces up to 7.5 cm thick.
Height 12.5 cm, width 8 cm, depth incl. handle 12.5 cm,
weight 900 g.
item no. 102076 £ 119.00
7 PEKA Clip File
This traditional product named after the initials of the company founder Paul Koch
has been made for 90 years with practically no changes. Now, as then, it provides
comprehensive storage satisfaction. Documents of all types can be bound together
like a book in only a few steps. File with three incorporated steel springs, strong book
binding cardboard cover, wipeable synthetic leather binding, cream-coloured laminated
cardboard inside. For approx. 150 A4 sheets. Dimensions 30.5 x 22 x 2.5 cm.
item no. 104750 £ 9.95
3 Heavy Sellotape Dispenser
The 1.4 kg cast body made of a zinc and steel
alloy does not move an inch as you tug at the
sticky tape. The forged steel razor ensures a
clean cut. Suitable for use with sticky tape, inner
diameter 25 mm, outer diameter of max. 45 mm
and a width of max. 25 mm. Height 5 cm, width
13 cm, depth 7 cm.
item no. 103989 £ 49.90
5 Craft Ballpoint Pen
Matt-finish steel ballpoint pen with integrated
spirit level, centimetre scale and screwdriver.
This screwdriver is hidden under a cap and can
be changed from a slotted head to a Phillips
head by rotating. Length 14.5 cm.
item no. 105136 £ 14.90
6 Precision Pocket Magnifier 10x
Jeweller’s standard magnifier (triplet lens
system) and 10-fold magnification. Lens diameter
18 mm. Includes leather case.
item no. 103813 £ 18.90
8 Birthday Calendar
A different colour for each month. The cold
months of the year are given cold colours and
warm colours appear in the summer months. The
paper is printed in the Gmund papermaking
factory in Bavaria. Length 35 cm, width 10 cm.
item no. 103058 £ 12.50
9 Brush Holder
For rinsing, drying and storing brushes. With
aluminium strainer. Ø 10.5 cm, height 22 cm.
item no. 103494 £ 11.80
El Casco products have been made and processed
by hand in the Basque Country since 1920.
The design comes from the 1930s. In six stages,
the steel is polished with six different grains
and then chrome-plated. All precision parts are
numbered and assembled by hand.
1 El Casco Tape Dispenser
Width 4 cm, length 12 cm, height 5.5 cm. 740 g.
item no. 100351 £ 125.00
2 El Casco Pencil Sharpener
Includes suction pad to stop the sharpener from
moving while in use. The pencil is held in place
by a mechanism which resembles a diaphragm.
A small steel drawer collects the bits left over.
Width incl. handle 15 cm, height 15 cm, Ø base
11 cm. Weight 1.2 kg.
item no. 100350 £ 343.00
3 El Casco Hole Puncher
Distance between holes 8 cm. Width 11 cm,
Length 11.5 cm, height 8 cm. Weight 580 g.
item no. 100348 £ 159.00
4 El Casco Pen Caddy
Height: 10 cm, Ø 6 cm, weight 430 g.
item no. 102043 £ 107.00
5 El Casco Blotter
Includes 10 sheets blotting paper. Length
12.5 cm, width 7 cm, height 7.5 cm, weight
item no. 102041 £ 151.00
6 El Casco Paperclip Dispenser
A strong magnet keeps the paperclips in place.
Ø 6 cm, height 5 cm, weight 350 g.
item no. 102042 £ 136.00
7 El Casco Post-it Holder
For stick-on notes 7.8 x 7.8 cm. Height 2 cm, width 9.5 cm, depth 12.5 cm,
weight 450 g.
item no. 102044 £ 85.00
8 El Casco Stapler
For 24/6 staples. Height 10 cm, length 13 cm. Weight 420 g.
item no. 100346 £ 202.00
10 Maul Lever-Type Postage Scale
A classic in the world of postage. This letter scale is one of the pendulum scales which function by means of
a counterweight acting on a lever in the opposite direction to the weighing pan. The angle of the long beam
arm changes until it reaches equilibrium. The scale adjusts itself to the null point by means of opposing levers.
Two different divisions: on the one hand it is possible to measure precisely from 0–60 g and on the other hand
you can measure from 0–250 g in 5 g steps. The Maul lever-type postage scale has brass fittings and a black
metal base. The manufacturer gives a three-year guarantee on the postage scale. Weight 340 g, height 16 cm,
weighing pan 9.5 x 7.7 cm, can weigh items up to 250 g.
item no. 100304 £ 79.00
11 Manual Postage Scale
This postage scale gives precise readings, graduated per
gramme, up to 50 g. The item to be weighed is fixed
to the crocodile clip. Made of chrome-plated steel.
Size: 10 x 5 cm. Weight 20 g.
item no. 101217 £ 4.60
12 Leather Mousepad
Normal run-of-the-mill mousepads are not really that
attractive on your wooden desk. A leather mousepad,
by contrast, is something exceedingly pleasant – especially
to the touch. The leather is 3–4 mm thick. Size:
22 x 25.5 cm approx.
natural item no. 101582 £ 22.00
black item no. 101583 £ 22.00
13 Leather Desk Pad
Experience has shown that any side pockets or flaps on
desk pads are usually only dust traps, as they are seldom
used for their intended purpose. Consequently, we decided
to simply do without them. Minimalist in design
and made from a large piece of black leather.
Top-stitched at the edges, green felt underneath.
66 x 44 cm.
item no. 101131 £ 189.00
9 Leather Pen Caddy
The pen caddy is crafted in the traditional Florentine
method where a piece of leather is shaped to make
an article of daily use, such as a beaker or a jar. Oval
9.5 x 7.5 cm, height 11 cm, dark brown leather. Made
by a small company near Florence.
item no. 101475 £ 49.00
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Shoes & Clothing
Item no. Beige Olive Red Brown
size 32 inch 105785 105791 105803 105797
size 34 inch 105786 105792 105804 105798
size 36 inch 105787 105793 105805 105799
size 38 inch 105788 105794 105806 105800
size 40 inch 105789 105795 105807 105801
size 42 inch 105790 105796 105808 105802
size 44 inch 105809 105810 105812 105811
3 English College Scarf
These brightly striped scarves have been manufactured by a textile company from
Manchester which dates back to 1850. Each university college, grammar school and
regiment in England has its own colours and combinations which are worn everywhere
with pride. Our collection features scarves based on the colour scheme rather
than where they originate. Length 180 cm, width 21 cm. Pure new wool.
Navy/ dark green
item no. 102354 £ 59.90
Light blue/ red/ beige
item no. 102353 £ 59.90
Navy/ white/ red
item no. 102351 £ 59.90
item no. 102352 £ 59.90
1 Glengarnock Cord Trousers
Cord trousers from Glenarnock with a flat front without pleats, two pockets on
the sides and two back pockets. The fabric for these trousers is a robust, extremely
soft cord made of pure cotton called Corduroy by Brisbane Moss. This
famous weaver in Lancashire is one of the last quality manufacturers of this
fabric. The fabric is with 8 “wale”, which means 8 ribs per inch. The lines are
cut on the top to emphasise the brilliance of the colours. Weight of fabric
470 g/sq m. Front zip and hook fastening. The trouser legs have no hem, must
therefore be worn with continental or English leg lengths, with or without a
collar. The width of the bands is given in inches, which is standard for jeans.
Washable at 30 °C, not suitable for tumble drying, iron on the inside.
Glengarnock, manufacturer of traditional country wear in the Scottish
Kilbirnie, focuses on careful attention to detail. “At Glengarnock real tailoring
skills still matter.” £ 129.00
2 Pea Coats from Gloverall for Ladies and Men
This jacket is an absolute classic, which has been used by seamen all over the
world for well over a hundred years in a similar form. In France, similar jackets
are known by the name Caban and in Germany they are known as Colani. The
name comes from the Kiel tailors Berger & Colani, who provided the Kaiser's
navy with these jackets since the end of the 19th century.
The outer material is made of 75% wool and is wind-resistant thanks to the
natural wool fat and the thickness of the material, and stays dry for a long time
even in the rain. 25% nylon supports these qualities and helps the fabric retain
its shape. When raised, the large collar also offers additional protection against
the wind. It can be fixed upright with a band which can be buttoned on the
collar crease – if the band is not needed it can be buttoned to the inside of the
jacket out of the way. The men's model has an inside pocket and two slanted
side pockets. The ladies’ version has two outside pockets. £ 249.00
Men's Pea Coat, Navy Ladies’ Pea Coat, Navy
Size S item no. 106123 Size XS item no. 106128
Size M item no. 106124 Size S item no. 106129
Size L item no. 106125 Size M item no. 106130
Size XL item no. 106126 Size L item no. 106131
Size XXL item no. 106127 Size XL item no. 106132
Torquato Lambswool Sweater
Hawick, a small town in the southwest of Scotland, is a mecca for knitwear
production in Great Britain. Our sweaters are made here by a company with a
tradition of over 130 years. It is barely worth mentioning that we only use
pure new wool rather than recycled quality wool. The remarkable softness of
the wool lies in the exclusive use of first-class “first clip” lambs’ wool from
Australia. This can only be collected when the sheep are shorn for the first
time. The hair is still fine and elastic and the hair tips are rounded – in contrast
to later shearings. This wool is spun to very thin threads
in Scotland, which is then twisted with a second thread
to make twine.
This sweater made from two-ply Australian lambs’ wool
is knitted “fully fashioned”, which means that the correct
fit is already provided by the knitting pattern. The
sweaters therefore sit well and keep their shape.
Ribbed neckline and cuffs.
V-Neck (Men) Crew-Neck (Men) V-Neck (Ladies)
S M L XL XXL S M L XL XXL XS S M L XL
1 Inferno 104935 104936 104937 104938 104939 104980 104981 104982 104983 104984 106444 106250 106251 106252 106253
2 Poppy Melange 104915 104916 104917 104918 104919 104960 104961 104962 104963 104964 106445 106234 106235 106236 106237
3 Glacier 104925 104926 104927 104928 104929 104970 104971 104972 104973 104974 106446 106242 106243 106244 106245
4 Navy 104905 104906 104907 104908 104909 104950 104951 104952 104953 104954 106447 106226 106227 106228 106229
5 Watercress 104930 104931 104932 104933 104934 104975 104976 104977 104978 104979 106448 106246 106247 106248 106249
6 Tartan Green 104910 104911 104912 104913 104914 104955 104956 104957 104958 104959 106449 106230 106231 106232 106233
7 Soft Camel 104920 104921 104922 104923 104924 104965 104966 104967 104968 104969 106450 106238 106239 106240 106241
8 Tobacco 104940 104941 104942 104943 104944 104985 104986 104987 104988 104989 106451 106254 106255 106256 106257
9 Charcoal 104900 104901 104902 104903 104904 104945 104946 104947 104948 104949 106452 106222 106223 106224 106225
www.torquato.co.uk Shoes & Clothing
Authentic belts for Jeans: Quick Release Belts
The buckles of these belts made of solid brass are made
by our English supplier based on the design of old firemen’s
belts. The buckle had to be easy to open in an
emergency with one movement, as the heavy equipment
was fixed to the belt. Made of a piece of bridle leather,
therefore very hard wearing and markedly more
long lasting than stitched belts. Width 3.1 cm. Available
in waist sizes 80–115 cm (5 cm intervals).
1 Newmarket tan item no. 900116 £ 75.00
2 Black item no. 900744 £ 75.00
9 Appenzeller Belts
Even though this belt has been very trendy for years, it
is actually a part of Swiss tradition. This craft, undertaken
by Alpine farmers called the “Sennen”, has formed
an integral part of the Appenzell culture for more
than 200 years. These products are handmade from leather
and metal fittings (metal plates with Alpine motifs).
It used to be braces that were mainly produced and the
more motifs (brass plates) the braces have the more
affluent the wearer is deemed to be. The belts are made
of black leather with decorative metal parts in solid
brass plate with the Alpine ascent featuring shepherd,
dog and cows. The belts are made in a “Sennen” production
shop in Appenzell. The belts are also available in
a narrower 3 cm and a wider 4 cm version with waist
measurements of 75–110 (5 cm intervals).
well chosen: English Bridle Leather Belts
Each belt is made from one piece of saddle leather and the production takes
place in a small leather-manufacturing company based in Worcestershire. As
the process does not involve any stitching at the edges, the belts are exceedingly
heavy-duty and last for much longer than stitched ones. The buckles are
made of solid brass.
3 The Broadway is a wide, sporty-looking belt, which is ideal with jeans, cords
or khakis. The leather is only slightly tinted as Newmarket tan. Its appearance
enhances with age. Width 36 mm. Available in waist sizes 80–115 cm
(5 cm intervals). item no. 900152 £ 79.00
The Cropthorne is a medium-wide belt which suits any kind of trouser and can
be worn for any occasion. Width 30 mm. Available in waist sizes 80–115 cm
(5 cm intervals).
4 Black item no. 900430 £ 68.00
5 Tan item no. 900429 £ 68.00
The Hanbury is a narrow belt which can worn for any occasion, but is most frequently
used when wearing trousers and a jacket or a suit. Width 25 mm.
Available in waist sizes 80–115 cm (5 cm intervals).
6 Black item no. 900153 £ 59.90
7 Chestnut item no. 900154 £ 59.90
Narrow Belt Wide Belt
£ 46.00 £ 59.00
8 Bridle Leather Key Rings
Handmade from thick bridle leather in a small
leather workshop in Worcestershire in England.
The metal parts (solid brass with brown leather,
nickel-plated with black leather) are otherwise
used for bridles.
Loop Key Ring
item no. 100659 £ 25.00
item no. 100660 £ 25.00
Snap Key Ring (with snap hook)
item no. 100661 £ 28.00
item no. 100662 £ 28.00
Black Leather item no. 900177 item no. 900178
Natural Leather item no. 900577 item no. 900578
19 Father & Son Tie
We have this shorter and somewhat narrower
tie made by LACO. Depending on height, it fits
children and teenagers from 6 to 14. It is made
using the same silk as our blue and red striped
tie, Item No. 103810. Length 130 cm.
item no. 105292 £ 39.95
LACO Ties: made in Germany
The company founded by the English merchant Charles
Lavy in Hamburg in 1838 still focuses today on pure
handicraft – and is consequently one of the last two of
its trade in Germany. In 1900 LACO employed over 500
workers in its workshops and counted even Kaiser
Wilhelm II among its customers. The special thing about
a LACO tie is the interlining. It consists of a fabric made
from wool and cotton and is elastic. Because of it, the
fibres can relax after untying. Tie material 100% silk.
1 Stripes red / light blue item no. 103806
2 Stripes light blue / pink item no. 103808
3 Stripes navy / red item no. 103810
4 Stripes navy / pink item no. 103330
5 Stripes red / white item no. 103328
6 natté navy item no. 106005
7 natté red item no. 106006
8 natté fuchsia item no. 106007
9 natté light blue item no. 106008
10 plain light blue item no. 103803
11 plain red item no. 103801
12 plain orange item no. 103802
13 plain navy item no. 103800
14 red polka dots on pink item no. 103316
15 white polka dots on navy item no. 103805
16 gold polka dots on navy item no. 103323
17 white polka dots on red item no. 103324
18 light blue polka dots on navy item no. 103804
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Shoes & Clothing
5 Lakeland Wellington Boots
While the Scottish manufacturer Hunter has specialised
more in rubber boots for hunting, fishing and
other outdoor leisure activities, the English company
Lakeland has focused on boots for farming and gardening.
Lakeland boots are shaped like classic
Wellington boots, or “wellies” for short, named
after the inventor of the style, the Duke of
Wellington. The turned-up toes, heel, buckle on the
leg and the strong green colour are characteristic.
Made of 100% natural rubber with jersey-cotton
lining. Removable insole. Sizes: 5 (38 EU), 6 (39 EU),
7 (40/41 EU), 8 (42 EU), 9 (43 EU), 10 (44 EU) and
11 (45/46 EU).
item no. 900241 £ 44.90
6 Slim Lakelands for smaller ladies' feet,
or for children
By popular request we can now also offer our
Lakeland “wellies” starting from an intermediate
size 1 (33/34 EU) closing the gap between real
children's boots and the large Lakelands. This boot is
made from natural rubber and the quality and style are
just like their adult counterpart. Only the colour is different
– they are only available in dark blue. Sizes 1
(33/34 EU), 2 (35 EU), 3 (36 EU), 4 (37 EU), 5 (38 EU).
item no. 900346 £ 39.95
7 Instead of slipping socks: Lakeland Sock Liners
These warming sock liners, to be worn inside boots, get
rid of the problem of slipping socks which always have
to be pulled up again. They are made from warmthinsulating
material and in wellingtons give enough protection
from the cold on autumn and winter days (apart
from with severe frost). Slit at the front for ease when
putting on. You simply slide into them and with them
into the boot. Sizes: 5 (38 EU), 6 (39 EU), 7 (40/41 EU),
8 (42 EU), 9 (43 EU), 10 (44 EU) and 11 (45/46 EU).
Washable at 30 °C in the washing machine.
item no. 900550 £ 12.90
Torquato Waterproof Rainwear
“Wear Millerain for sunshine and rain.” That's the slogan of British Millerain
Co. Ltd in West Yorskhire, which has been England's leading manufacturer of
waterproof fabrics since the 1880s. The fabric produced by British Millerain for
our raincoats and pea coats harks back to an invention by the Scotsman Charles
Macintosh, who in 1818 successfully inserted a layer of rubber between two
cotton layers for the first time, making the first truly waterproof fabric – until
then, people had normally used canvas steeped in linseed oil. Our fabric is
made up of two layers of fine cotton twill with a waterproof membrane in between.
The material is waterproof and windproof. Fabric weight 325 g/sq m.
Washable to 40 °C, slow spin. Do not tumble dry, iron hot or dry clean.
1 Waterproof Pea Coat
Waterproof sailor's jacket made of navy blue British Millerain fabric. Like the
warm woollen jacket it is based on, this pea coat reaches down to around the
upper third of the thigh. To protect against the wind and rain, the lapel can be
lifted up and buttoned down. Two outer pockets, one small inner pocket with
zip and ventilation holes under the arms. Unlined, which makes the beige
reverse of the outer fabric visible. Double-seamed in the areas under most
stress, e.g. the sleeve seams. Available in sizes 38–50 and 40 long–46 long.
item no. 900758 £ 249.00
2 Waterproof Cotton Jacket
Raincoat with a short cut reaching down to the middle of the thigh made of
beige, waterproof British Millerain fabric. The origin of this raincoat shape
goes back to riding jackets, first seen in the 18th century and known as redingotes,
whose basic shape has survived unaltered today. The coat has a concealed
button placket with horn buttons, a vent at the back, 2 angled pockets,
a small inner pocket with zip and ventilation holes under the arms. Unlined,
which makes the dark blue reverse of the outer fabric visible. Double-seamed
in the areas under most stress, e.g. the sleeve seams. Available in sizes 38–50
and 40 long–46 long.
item no. 900757 £ 249.00
3 Chapman Boot Bag
John Chapman's boot bag has been designed to
transport boots and leave them at the ready in
your car. The tough dark green nylon material is
waterproof and dirt-resistant. The handles are
made of webbed cotton with leather trim. Two
exterior pockets, one with a zip for thick socks
for example. Height 51 cm, width at the top
27 cm, width at the bottom 34 cm, depth 28 cm.
item no. 101166 £ 118.00
4 Muddy Boot Bag
A boot bag made of robust coated polyethylene
for transporting dirty boots and wellingtons.
With carrying straps. Stands up alone, but if
necessary can also be folded flat. Height 30 cm,
width 23 cm, length 33 cm.
item no. 105746 £ 9.90
4 Hat Box with Handle
This luggage item is made of sturdy, waterproof
pasted cardboard with the edges covered
by leatherette. The hat box is rounded off with
a robust metal handle and a lock which is ideal
for travelling. For hats up to 35 cm diameter.
Height 21 cm, diameter 40 cm, weight 1 kg.
Made in the Czech Republic.
item no. 103630 £ 24.80
1 Galoshes 1: Overshoes from the USA
“Galoshes” was originally an expression used in Vienna
to mean overshoes made of rubber. Although this
expression is used colloquially nowadays for all sorts of
shoes or boots, it is hard to find rubber overshoes – even
though they are very practical! You can take them everywhere
with you, e.g. rolled up in a large coat pocket or
even in your car. When it is rainy or muddy you can
quickly put them on and just as quickly take them off
again. This is why they are ideal for walking along
slushy pavements to work, for example, or a great help
for architects on building sites. Our galoshes come from
the USA. Sizes: 6.5–8 (40–42 EU), 8–9.5 (42–44 EU),
9.5–10.5 (44–45.5 EU), 10.5–13.5 (45.5–49 EU).
item no. 900200 £ 22.00
2 Galoshes 2: Overshoes “de luxe” from England
Everything said about the American galoshes above
applies here too. These are particularly robust and are
lined with fabric, just like our Wellington boots. The
sole is sturdy and thick and especially durable. The pull
tab at the heel makes this shoe easy to put on and take
off. Sizes: 5 (38 EU), 6 (39 EU), 7 (40/41 EU), 8 (42 EU),
9 (43 EU), 10 (44 EU) and 11 (45/46 EU).
item no. 900240 £ 29.95
Hats from James Lock
James Lock & Co. is probably the most traditional British
hat maker located in St James’s Street, London. It has
been making hats for the royal family and other gentry
since 1620. Lock also makes top hats, bowler hats and
3 James Lock Bush Hat
This classic felt hat is primarily worn in the country
when going for walks, horseriding, fishing or hunting,
and also used to be seen on such occasions in the
English colonies. It is ideal when you are out and about
in the country in the rain and need to keep your hands
free. The Bush hat is handmade from pure woollen felt
and provides very effective protection against the rain
for many hours at a time. This is enhanced by the 7 cm
wide brim. If the hat has become damp, the felt shrinks
slightly as it dries out. Nevertheless, its original size is
soon restored when put on the head again. Hat band
made of fine beige fabric. Available in sizes 6 3 / 4 –7 5 / 8
item no. 900151 £ 95.00
Umbrellas made by Swaine Adeney Brigg
This supplier holding three Royal Warrants has been
making umbrellas from its manufacturing base in Essex
for 150 years. Each Brigg umbrella features a “collar”
with engraved Royal Warrant as a guarantee of its
5 A true bastion of style:
Brigg Umbrella with Silk Canopy
The handle is handmade from a single piece of maple
and is 93 cm in length. The canopy is made of black
hand woven English silk. Due to its triple weave, water
just rolls off. Frame of high tensile strength made of
steel tubing and brass. Length of the spokes 66 cm,
Ø when opened 108 cm. Collar in sterling silver. Weight
item no. 100389 £ 545.00
Brigg Nylon Umbrella (not shown)
Apart from the black nylon fabric, the design and workmanship
of this umbrella is the same as the silk umbrella.
item no. 100390 £ 229.00
6 6 6
6 Brigg Ascot Seat Stick
For open-air concerts, horse shows and any other
events without seating or just to have a rest during
walks, so that you don't have to tire yourself out
standing all the time. Handles and ground plate
made of aluminium. Coated light alloy stem. Pigskin
seat and handle covers. Seat is 38 cm wide, length of
stem 87 cm, folded out 70 cm.
item no. 100392 £ 198.00
www.torquato.co.uk Shoes & Clothing
6 Bergal Shoelaces
A rounded and waxed shoelace is just the thing for an elegant shoe like these
pictured on this page. For the English men’s shoes featured in our collection
(e.g. Torquato Academy) as well as for all other shoes with 10–12 eyelets, please
order 90 cm shoelaces. For shoes with 6–8 eyelets, 75 cm. Box with 8 pairs.
75 cm Black item no. 104428 £ 18.90 for 8 pairs
75 cm Brown item no. 104429 £ 18.90 for 8 pairs
90 cm Black item no. 104430 £ 19.90 for 8 pairs
90 cm Brown item no. 104431 £ 19.90 for 8 pairs
Sebago Classic Loafer
Sebago was founded in Maine, USA in 1946. The Classic Loafer, also known as
the “Penny Loafer”, is the Sebago shoe par excellence. It has been made on the
same lasts since the Forties. The particular feature about this shoe is not only its
characteristic appearance but the interior: during the production process a piece
of leather, which is sewn together at the heel, is knocked into shape on the lasts.
Afterwards, a stretchable “welt”, a rubber strip, is hand sewn on to the upper
leather. Then a foam rubber cushion is glued into the front part and the back
part is stabilised using a steel insert. Finally, the leather sole is sewn directly onto
the “welt”. The result: a shoe which is incomparable in fit, flexibility and wearing
comfort. £ 189.00
Size 1 Black 2 Bordeaux 3 Dark brown
item no. item no. item no.
6.5 (40 EU) 102310 103821 105337
7 (41 EU) 102311 103822 105338
7.5 (41.5 EU) 102312 103823 105339
8 (42 EU) 102313 103824 105340
8.5 (43 EU) 102314 103825 105341
9 (43.5 EU) 102315 103826 105342
9.5 (44 EU) 102316 103827 105343
10 (44.5 EU) 102317 103828 105344
10.5 (45 EU) 102318 103829 105345
11 (46 EU) 102319 103830 105346
12 (47 EU) 102320 103831 105347
Torquato Academy: Calf Leather Half Brouge
Made by a family-owned business which has been stitching shoes in
Northampton since 1915. Torquato has commissioned this company to produce
handmade leather semi brogue shoes. Special emphasis is placed on careful selection
of the leather to ensure that it is soft. This means the shoes will be longlasting
and comfortable to wear. It takes a good 6 weeks to produce a pair of
Goodyear welt shoes as there are more than 200 steps from beginning to
finish. Each shoe is unique. A semi brogue is the term used to describe the perforation
pattern on the shoe. This style has a minimalist design, balmoral and
cap toe with rosette. After the shoe has been worn, a wooden shoehorn should
be inserted for at least one day.
4 Academy tan £ 199.00
size 8 (42 EU) item no. 104388
size 8.5 (42.5 EU) item no. 104389
size 9 (43 EU) item no. 104390
size 9.5 (44 EU) item no. 104392
size 10 (44.5 EU) item no. 104393
size 10.5 (45 EU) item no. 104394
size 11 (46 EU) item no. 104396
5 Academy black £ 199.00
size 8 (42 EU) item no. 104379
size 8.5 (42.5 EU) item no. 104380
size 9 (43 EU) item no. 104381
size 9.5 (44 EU) item no. 104383
size 10 (44.5 EU) item no. 104384
size 10.5 (45 EU) item no. 104385
size 11 (46 EU) item no. 104387
Chelsea Boots from R.M. Williams
Chelsea boots which take their characteristic appearance from the elastic
band which is worked into the ankle on both sides. This makes the boots comfortable
to wear and easy to put on and take off. The leather of the boot leg
is made of robust but very fine leather from one-year-old calves and the lining
is also made of leather. All seams are finished with waxed thread and are then
dipped in hot wax to seal them The heels are nailed from inside. These Chelsea
boots can be worn with jeans or other casual wear, but also with a suit. Our
boots from R.M. Williams are one of the only shoes of its kind, where the
bootleg is made from a single piece of leather. The ridge on the instep is clearly
recognisable – the leather is moulded into the later shape of the bootleg
Chelsea Boots brown Chelsea Boots black
Sizes leather sole synthetic sole leather sole synthetic sole
3.5 (36 EU) 106269 106287 106260 106278
4 (37 EU) 106270 106288 106261 106279
4.5 (37.5 EU) 106271 106289 106262 106280
5 (38 EU) 106272 106290 106263 106281
5.5 (38.5 EU) 106273 106291 106264 106282
6 (39 EU) 106274 106292 106265 106283
6.5 (40 EU) 106275 106293 106266 106284
7 (40.5 EU) 106276 106294 106267 106285
1 Docksides from Sebago
This model is probably even more well-known
than Sebago’s loafer. The name, Docksides, is
synonymous with boating and sailing shoes.
Besides hobby sailors and world-class professionals,
who very much appreciate the non-slip
soles and shoe comfort, the Docksides shoe has
a whole host of fans even outside the world of
water sports. Handsewn shoe in a genuine moccasin
construction with white sole in order not
to leave marks on boat decks. The soles have a
wave profile and are made of a special combination
of natural solid rubber and latex without
any diluents, thereby preventing shoes
from slipping on different ground surfaces. The
leather shoelaces, which have been threaded
through the eyelets, are not for decoration purposes
– they allow the wearer to adjust the
width of the shoe. Care with neutral leather
dubbing. Available for ladies in sizes
3.5 (36 EU), 4 (37 EU), 4.5 (37.5 EU), 5 (38 EU),
5.5 (38.5 EU), 6 (39 EU), 6.5 (40 EU), 7.5 (41 EU)
and for Men in sizes 6.5 (40 EU), 7 (41 EU),
7.5 (41.5 EU), 8 (42 EU), 8.5 (43 EU), 9 (43.5 EU),
9.5 (44 EU), 10 (44.5 EU), 10.5 (45 EU),
11 (46 EU), 12 (47 EU).
Ladies' Docksides, Blue
item no. 900274 £ 119.00
Ladies' Docksides, Dark Brown
item no. 900537 £ 119.00
Men's Docksides, Blue
item no. 900272 £ 129.00
Men's Docksides, Dark Brown
item no. 900591 £ 129.00
2 Bertl Classic Boots
The double seam technique is a long established method
of affixing the sole to the leather upper using double
stitching. This technique was developed round about
200 years ago for mountain farmers and woodsmen in
the Alps who had to work high in the mountains under
severe weather conditions. Schuh-Bertl is based in
Munich and still manufactures these shoes today using
traditional methods. At 3–3.5 mm thick, the upper leather
is unusually thick and makes the boot very sturdy.
As the lining in the heel is the first to rip, the boot is only
lined at the front using calf leather. The heel is reinforced
on the outside with a leather cap. The insole,
which is the foundation of the construction, is made of
ecologically tanned leather. This supports the foot. The
outsole has a sturdy rubber profile which makes every
step secure. It is waterproof and non-abrasive. A layer of
felt has been inserted between the inner sole and outsole
to absorb any shocks and insulate, as has an intersole
made of rubber. Available in 6.5 (40 EU), 7.5 (41 EU),
8 (42 EU), 9 (43 EU), 9.5 (44 EU), 10.5 (45 EU), 11 (46 EU).
before assembly by fulling. This intricate process allows for a more elegant fit
which fits the foot better and stops the leather buckling when walking. Chelsea
boots made of fulled or unfulled leather are very different from one another. R.M.
Williams from Adelaide in Australia have made a name for themselves since the
1930s for their first-class riding and work boots. In the hard conditions of the outback
R.M. Williams proved themselves and became a synonym for the best quality.
We offer these welt-sewn Chelsea boots from R.M. Williams – these are known as
“dress boots” to distinguish them from the rest. With leather sole or a synthetic
sole (ideal for use outdoors).
Chelsea Boots brown Chelsea Boots black
Sizes leather sole synthetic sole leather sole synthetic sole
7.5 (41 EU) 106277 106295 106268 106286
8 (42 EU) 106044 106058 106037 106051
8.5 (42.5 EU) 106045 106059 106038 106052
9 (43 EU) 106046 106060 106039 106053
9.5 (44 EU) 106047 106061 106040 106054
10 (44.5 EU) 106048 106062 106041 106055
10.5 (45 EU) 106049 106063 106042 106056
11 (46 EU) 106050 106064 106043 106057
item no. 900352 £ 298.00 2
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Shoes & Clothing
4 First aid for your tie: Cleaning Cloth Silk & Clean
Cleaning cloths for ties and other silk items for which
chemical cleaning is expensive and often doesn’t lead to
the desired successful outcome, as by then it’s too late.
These cleaning cloths will remove most stains.
Convenient, quick and to be used immediately the accident
has happened. To clean, rub the cloth in a circular
motion over the stain until the cleaning fluid evaporates
and the stain has vanished. With stubborn stains,
repeat several times. Also works on other fabrics. Set of
item no. 106759 £ 5.90
5 Wicker Laundry Basket
This basket comes from a wickerware producer in the
“Pays de la Vannerie” in the Champagne region, the
French centre of basket weaving. It is made from stripped
willow twigs and its open construction makes it
well-suited for laundry, because it is ventilated from all
sides. Width 69 cm, depth 50 cm, height 34 cm, volume
75 litres, weight 1.7 kg.
item no. 103607 £ 112.00
6 Wooden Ironing Board with Shelf
This is a large and very stable ironing board in solid
beech wood. The iron rest is made of chrome-plated
steel and the cover is cotton. Underneath is a steel
grille covered with polyurethane, an artificial material
with high heat resistance. A large wooden shelf underneath
the work surface provides space for other equipment.
The work surface is 47 x 106 cm, the total length
is 134 cm and the work surface height is 87 cm. When
folded, the ironing board is 11 cm wide and 34 cm high.
Weight 8.6 kg.
item no. 101396 £ 149.00
7 Wall-Mounted Iron Board
This board is for the occasional ironer or if there simply
isn’t any more space. Measurements when in use:
height 34 cm, width 31 cm, length 86 cm. When folded
away, it is 7.5 cm wide. Heat-resistant cover. Support is
made of beech wood. Comes with a removable rest for
small irons up to 11.5 cm long and with handle up to
7.5 cm. Weight 2.5 kg.
item no. 101926 £ 98.00
8 Washing Product Range from
The Laundress in New York
The washing and care products are made of plant-based
products without colours, sulphates, phosphates, chlorine
or bleach and are completely biodegradable. These
are the tree bestsellers, in 500 ml bottles.
Delicate Lady Wash – especially fine washing product,
developed specially for underwear. Ambergris scent
with notes of citrus and herbs. Suitable for hand and
item no. 105287 £ 21.90 (£ 43.80 / 1 l)
Wool & Cashmere Shampoo – a moisturising washing
product with cedar extract for wool and cashmere products.
Suitable for hand and machine washing.
item no. 105286 £ 21.90 (£ 43.80 / 1 l)
Denim Wash – a special washing product for jeans
which also includes a fabric softener to ensure that
after the wash, as with normal washing products, the
jeans do not feel stiff and inflexible.
item no. 105747 £ 21.90 (£ 43.80 / 1 l)
1 “Eau de Linge” Scented Ironing Water
It is a traditional custom to spray laundry with scented water before ironing or
drying so the laundry has a pleasant smell when used or stored in the cupboard.
Manufactured and bottled in the heart of Provence. 1 litre bottles.
Lavender item no. 102822 £ 9.80
Orange Blossom item no. 102823 £ 9.80
Linden Blossom item no. 102824 £ 9.80
Sprayer for Eau de Linge item no. 102825 £ 4.00
2 Durance Detergent
A mixture of selected active substances, enzymes and scented aromas. Equally
suitable for machine and hand washing. Effective against dust mites.
Phosphate free. 1 litre bottles.
Lavender item no. 105873 £ 17.90
Orange Blossom item no. 105874 £ 17.90
Linden Blossom item no. 105955 £ 17.90
3 Durance Fabric Conditioner
Prevents dry stiffness when washing dries. Laundry feels distinctly softer and
more comfortable. And a lucky side effect – the washing is noticeably easier to
iron. 1 litre bottles.
Lavender item no. 105871 £ 12.90
Orange Blossom item no. 105872 £ 12.90
Linden Blossom item no. 105954 £ 12.90
9 Velcro Brush
Brush for cleaning Velcro. As naturally small
flecks of dust and hairs get caught in the hooks
of Velcro, it should be brushed from time to
time, in order to retain its hooking properties.
The wire bristles of the brush remove these bits
of dirt and pull the little hooks up again. Brush
with beech handle, rubber cushion and bent
item no. 105117 £ 12.50
1 Wooden Clothes Horse
The workmanship of this stable clothes horse made from solid untreated ash
wood is impressive. The plastic-coated wire has a total length of 14 metres.
Measurements when in use: length 184 cm, width 63 cm, height 86 cm. When
folded away: height 139 cm, width 63 cm, depth 12.5 cm.
item no. 102698 £ 175.00
2 Felt Clothes Peg Bag
The Velcro fastener allows the bag to be hung on any washing line or clotheshorse.
With 50 standard wooden clothes pegs. Height 22 cm, width 19 cm,
depth 7 cm.
item no. 102699 £ 29.90
4 5 Lavender Bags
Five fabric bags from Provence, each containing
20 g lavender flowers. Ideal for the wardrobe.
Lavender offers effective protection against
item no. 102770 £ 5.80
(price per bag £ 1.16)
5 Valet Stands
Due to their functional shape, these simple valet stands do their job unobtrusively.
The trousers and tie are hung on the front part, and at the back there
is a place for you to empty out your pockets. Comes in kit form. Height
102 cm, width 38 cm, depth 49 cm. From Union, the premium manufacturer of
high-quality clothes presses. Weight 3 kg.
birchwood item no. 102391 £ 99.00
stained beechwood item no. 102392 £ 99.00
white lacquered item no. 105277 £ 119.00
You can easily extend the life of a good pair of leather shoes by not wearing
them every day. Instead give them a day's rest and let them dry on a shoe-tree
if possible so that the shoes stay in shape. If you use a shoe tree made of wood
some of the moisture in the shoe can be absorbed by the shoe tree.
7 Adjustable Shoe Trees
These shoe trees can be adjusted to make your shoes a more perfect fit and
even stretch shoes which are slightly too small. With holes at the front to
allow air to circulate. Beech wood. Sizes 6–12 (40–47 EU).
item no. 900195 £ 19.50
3 Foldaway Laundry Dryer
In 1949, the Artweger firm in Bad Ischl, Austria, brought the “Ruck Zuck” foldaway
clothes dryer onto the market. It is still manufactured in almost exactly the same form
today, so there should be no doubts about its quality or effectiveness. With a total
width of 80 cm, this model’s nine rods give a total hanging length of 6.75 m. Made
of anodised aluminium with plastic-coated rods. Can also be used outdoors.
Maximum load 25 kg. Depth max. 65 cm, min. 12 cm.
item no. 102674 £ 38.00
6 Wall Clothes Rack
This clothes stand will hold a jacket, trousers and any accessories you want to put
away in the evening at the end of a working day. If you only have limited space, the
clothes stand can then be folded away so that it only takes up minimal space. For
small bedrooms or guest rooms. Made from stained beech wood. Height 27 cm,
width 52 cm, depth max. 27.5 cm, min 8 cm.
item no. 105820 £ 95.00
8 Cedar Shoe Trees
These shoe trees provide the utmost in shoe care: the shoe tree fits tightly inside
your shoe. They have springs from end to end, as well as laterally in the toe-piece,
stretching the shoe slightly. The cedar wood gives off its pleasant scent in your shoes
and the surroundings. Another important feature is that cedar is very absorbent.
Sizes 6–12 (40–47 EU).
item no. 900196 £ 54.00
www.torquato.co.uk Shoes & Clothing
2 Luxury Tie Rack
The best way to store a large tie collection – just hang the ties over the polished
wooden bars, which are arranged in a cascade. There is room for a total of 44 ties,
with plenty of space for them to recover from having been knotted. Also suitable
for belts. The whole rack can be slid along its stable steel mounting, so you can pull
it from the cupboard and get to your ties more easily. This degree of comfort does
take up a certain amount of space – the rack is 14 cm deep. For mounting on the
right-hand side of the cupboard. Made of solid pine. Width 58 cm, height 22.5 cm,
weight 1.7 kg.
item no. 103162 £ 79.00
4 Clothes Hanger
Clothes hanger made from steamed non-stained
beech wood. Width 42 cm, height 24.5 cm.
item no. 106964 £ 7.50
5 Trouser Hanger
Luxury trouser hangers with rounded, extra wide
wooden clamp, felt-coated to protect trousers. The
robust spring mechanism is made of solid metal.
Length 26 cm, height 19 cm, width of clamp 3.8 cm.
Made of unstained polished beech wood.
item no. 102395 £ 5.90
1 Tie Rack
In our view, this is the best way to store your ties.
In recent years, a number of upmarket products have come on to the market –
these are normally similar to coat hangers (preferably cedar, embellished with
an attractive emblem) with brass prongs to hang the ties on. The problem
is that the ties keep falling off! These products are not all they’re cracked up
This brilliant tie-holder can be screwed on to a side wall or the inside of your
wardrobe door (screws included). By moving any one of the hooks, all 21 of
them move out from the wooden bar and then it is easy to hang ties on the
hooks or remove them. When you have finished, just push the hooks back
against the bar with one easy movement. The ties then take up hardly any
space, and will not fall off. Width 41 cm, height 7 cm, weight 370 g. Made of
varnished beech wood.
item no. 100772 £ 19.95
3 Union-Shaped Coat Hangers
Coat hangers with shoulder contour for jackets or coats. Made of steamed,
unstained polished beech wood. Width 46 cm, height 27 cm.
item no. 102394 £ 13.50
With non-slip bar
item no. 102393 £ 15.00
7 Plywood Hanger
Everyone has seen these coat hangers in hotels or in high-class clothes shops.
Their shape saves space in the wardrobe and because they are made of 5layered
plywood, they are both solid and flexible. Length 45 cm, width 1.3 cm,
height 24.5 cm.
Plywood Coat Hangers with Bar
Bar with non-slip coating.
item no. 102396 £ 4.95
6 2 Cedarwood
item no. 100842
for 2 pieces
Plywood Hanger with Clip
Clips for attaching trousers or
item no. 102397 £ 4.50
If specially requested, we can supply 100 of
these barred hangers with your own label, logo
or crest in monochrome engraving in black,
white, gold or silver for £ 699.00.
(Cost of making the engraving template
1 Clothes Stand
An impressive piece of Italian furniture design. The carefully thought out
mechanism allows it to be stored compactly and it is very stable when in use.
Takes just two tugs to open! This is a wardrobe ideally suited as a temporary
solution when on the move or if you have a lot of guests, and it also makes an
attractive permanent fixture. Made of beech wood and chrome-plated steel.
Width 81 cm, depth 42 cm, height 169 cm. Width when stored 10.5 cm, height
178 cm. Weight 7.2 kg.
Beech wood dark item no. 101391 £ 179.00
Beech wood bright item no. 101390 £ 179.00
Beech wood white lacquered item no. 105413 £ 198.00
These clothes hooks are elegant, and what’s more, they are very well made.
They come from “side by side”, a project where designers work with disabled
workshops to develop, manufacture and sell products. Made of maple, cherry
or pearwood and aluminium. Height 24 cm, width 2.5 cm, depth 2.5 cm, 24 cm
2 Maple item no. 103501 £ 59.90
3 Cherry item no. 103579 £ 59.90
4 Pear item no. 103502 £ 59.90
8 Suitcase Stand with Back
A suitcase stand makes packing easier and for
those who travel a lot, it is a real bonus. For frequent
flyers, the spare room or the country cottage.
This suitcase stand comes from the same
supplier as our mobile clothes stand. The suitcase
is supported by two wooden rods reinforced
with metal strips and they are held
together by robust fabric straps. The lightcoloured
model has beige straps and the
stained version has claret straps.The addition of
a solid beech board helps prevent the suitcase
or travel bag from getting the wall dirty or
damaging the wallpaper. Width 65.5 cm, depth
45 cm, height 58 cm, weight 4 kg.
beech wood, clear coated
item no. 103047 £ 118.00
beech wood, dark stained
item no. 103048 £ 118.00
9 Suitcase Stand
This model is constructed in the same way as
the suitcase stand but without the back.
Width 65.5 cm, depth 43 cm, Height 46 cm,
weight 3 kg.
Beech wood, clear coated
item no. 101392 £ 89.90
Beech wood, dark stained
item no. 101393 £ 89.90
Beech wood, white lacquered
item no. 105414 £ 95.00
5 Kent Clothes Brush small
Cherrywood brush with authentic bristles. Its small size makes it ideal for travelling.
Length 15.2 cm, width 5 cm.
item no. 103005 £ 13.90
6 Kent Dble-Sided Clothes Brush
Since 1777, G.B. Kent & Sons have been making brushes and as the supplier to Her
Majesty the Queen, they have the Royal Warrant. One side of the brush has hard
bristles for trousers and there are softer ones on the other side for jackets.
Cherrywood handle. Length 26.5 cm, width 5.4 cm.
item no. 103004 £ 49.00
7 The Fragrance of Provence –
Embroidered Lavender Cushion
Embroidered cushion with removable, 100%
cotton cover and inner bag made of cotton
gauze containing 25 g lavender blossom.
16 x 16 cm.
item no. 104075
item no. 104076 £ 8.90 6
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Shoes & Clothing
2 Shoebrush with Handle
Professional horsehair polishing brush, for all those
who have lots of shoes to clean or like doing it. The
handle means the hand does not get as tired and the
pressure can be optimally controlled. Oiled beech
wood body. Length 21 cm.
item no. 105118 £ 32.90
item no. 105119 £ 32.90
3 Suede Brush
Length 11.5 cm. With centre of brass wire and pig
item no. 100841 £ 6.90
1 Set of Shoe Brushes
If quality shoes mean a lot to you, then you should give
them the best care possible and make them last longer.
Although in advertising today they try to make you believe
that just to spray your shoes or use an instant
sponge polish occasionally is enough in the way of shoe
care, purists still clean their shoes in the good oldfashioned
Pre-cleaning brush 20.5 cm with bristles made from stiff
leaf fibres of the agave plant.
Two shoe polish brushes with horsehair 18 cm with
oiled beech wood handle.
Two shoe shine brushes made of horsehair 16 cm, handle
is oiled beech wood.
item no. 100845 £ 29.90
All items in the brush set are also available individually:
Horse Hair Shoe Shine Brush 16 cm
Dark Horse Hair item no. 100835 £ 9.90
Bright Horse Hair item no. 100836 £ 9.90
Shoe Polish Brush
Dark item no. 100837 £ 4.30
Bright item no. 100838 £ 4.30
Shoe Pre-Cleaning Brush item no. 100839 £ 4.50
4 Suede Buffer
As suede, unlike leather, cannot be cleaned
using shoe cream or polish, surface stains have
to be removed a different way. This suede buffer
works like an eraser: it is rubbed back and
forth over the stain. The abrasive rubbings take
the dirt with them. silicone. 5 x 3 x 2 cm.
item no. 105116 £ 6.90
5 Beech Shoe Cleaning Box
Your entire shoe cleaning kit will fit in this box. The set of shoe cleaning
brushes we offer easily fits in and there is still room for various colours of shoe
polish and cloths. The advantage of the hinged lids is that even if you have
packed too much kit in the box it can still be used: the lids just stay slightly
open. With additional partitioning in both sides. Wonderfully crafted from
solid, oiled beech wood. The screw heads have been covered with wooden buttons.
Width 40 cm, depth 32 cm, height 21 cm, weight 3.3 kg.
item no. 100469 £ 49.95
6 Cedar Shoe Cleaning Box
A small shoe-cleaning box that fills the air with a pleasant cedar wood scent.
The slide top runs in grooves on the side and closes with a snap mechanism.
The foot stand makes it easier to clean shoes while you are wearing them.
Measures 25 x 18 x 13 cm, height with step 21 cm, weight 1.5 kg.
item no. 101683 £ 68.00
A shoe horn is not just for convenience but it helps make your shoes last longer! It prevents the leather
around the heel being crushed and becoming brittle.
7 Shoehorn, extra long
This 80 cm shoe horn is so long that
you won't have to bend over any
more when putting shoes on. Beech
item no. 102021 £ 15.40
8 Metal Shoehorn
42 cm long. Made of nickelplated
steel. 155 g.
item no. 101684 £ 9.50
9 Horn Shoehorn
Length 16.5 cm, width 4.3 cm.
Horn is a natural product and
can vary in shade from ivory to
item no. 100947 £ 15.80
A very robust bootjack made from thick oak
boards with a wide tread and sturdy stand.
Height 14.5 cm, width 32 cm, depth 39.5 cm,
weight 600 g.
item no. 101803 £ 14.90
Deep shoe care for long life – for more than
80 years – Saphir Medaille d’Or
The Saphir Medaille d'Or care range was developed
on the basis of this principle. At the
1925 world exhibition in Paris, Saphir was
awarded a gold medal for the high quality of
its products – since then the brand has been
extended to include the top-quality Medaille
d'Or range. The recipe has never been changed,
Saphir Medaille d'Or is produced in Charente in
western France, as it was 80 years ago and is
made only with natural ingredients. Regular
application of Saphir Medaille d'Or helps
extend the life of the leather, and therefore the
shoes. Suitable for all smooth leather shoes.
1 Saphir Shoe Care Cream
A shoe cream made of different oils, waxes and
coloured pigments. The high quality moisturisers
soak deep into the leather and keep the
structure soft. The fibres remain elastic and
creases are reduced. Microscopic colour pigments
refresh their appearance. The wax contained
in the cream make it suitable for polishing
and seal the surface. In contrast to soft
water-based creams, this cream is a simple oil
emulsion. Made of neat's foot and mink oil,
carnauba and beeswax, balsam turpentine oil
and colour pigments. Recommended use once
per month. 100g glass container. Regular applications
of a hard wax cream on shoe upper leather
helps provide optimum protection against
damp and dirt. To retain the elasticity and
structure of the collagen fibres in the leather,
the leather also needs adipose care products.
This helps the leather retain its flexibility and reduce
the tendency to crease or tear. Therefore shoes should
also be treated with an adipose cream as well as a hard
wax cream from time to time.
2 Saphir Shoe-Shine Wax
Optimum protection and water proofing properties, as
well as lasting shine can only be achieved with a topquality
hard wax cream. Those made by Saphir contain
one of the hardest natural waxes – the wax of the
Brazilian Carnauba palm – and beeswax. Fully soluble
colour crystals create a particularly deep and lasting
coloured shine when polishing. The workable consistency
is achieved when non-resinous balsam turpentine
oil is added. The oil should also remove old water marks
and have a cleaning or stain removing effect. The
Saphir shine wax is suitable for both a brush and a highgloss
water based polish. If shoes are worn regularly
they should be treated several times a month. 50ml tin.
Regular applications of a hard wax cream on shoe
upper leather helps provide optimum protection
against damp and dirt. To retain the elasticity and structure
of the collagen fibres in the leather, the leather
also needs adipose care products. This helps the leather
retain its flexibility and reduce the tendency to crease
or tear. Therefore shoes should also be treated with an
adipose cream as well as a hard wax cream from time to
time. (£ 13.90 / 100 ml)
Care cream 100 ml Shine wax 50 ml
£ 12.95 £ 6.95
Black item no. 105427 item no. 105420
Neutral item no. 105428 item no. 105421
Tan item no. 105429 item no. 105422
Mid tan item no. 105430 item no. 105423
Mahogany item no. 105444 item no. 105426
Dark brown item no. 105431 item no. 105424
Navy item no. 105443 item no. 105425
3 Application Brush for Care Cream
The brush applicator makes sure none of the contents
of the tin of Medaille d'Or conditioning cream go to
waste. Wooden grip with light bristles. Length 8.8 cm.
item no. 105445 £ 5.90
4 Leather Shoe-Cleaning Apron
A shoe-cleaning apron in highly robust, brown scotchgrain
leather, which protects clothing from staining
while cleaning shoes. A wide pocket at the front carries
all sorts of shoe care utensils. Two adjustable straps fit
the apron to size. The apron comes from the French
shoecare specialist La Cordonnerie Anglaise. Width
65 cm, length 80 cm.
item no. 105457 £ 275.00
5 Burgol Leather Sole Oil 250 ml
The leather soles of good quality shoes should be treated
with this leather sole oil from time to time, in order
to maintain the flexibility of the underside of the shoe
and its moisture ratio. This dramatically increases the
life of the sole. Not suitable for glued soles. Delivered
with an application brush. 250 ml bottle.
item no. 105418 £ 19.90 (£ 7.96 / 100 ml)
6 Burgol Shoe Cleaner 250 ml
This shoe cleaner thoroughly cleans all smooth and
grained leathers of stains, water marks or remnants of
shoecream. It is even ideal for cleaning the inside of the
shoe, noticeably minimising dark discolorations on
linings or inner soles. Apply diluted 1 part cleaner to 1
part water. Should not be applied for topical removal of
stains. The shoe cleaner is also suitable for use on leather
hatbands and watchstraps. 250 ml bottle.
item no. 105419 £ 19.90 (£ 7.96 / 100 ml)
7 2 Tins Kiwi Parade Gloss
This black shoe polish is made especially for the
British market. For a mirror finish, the ultimate shine
for your shoes: after applying Parade Gloss buff the
shoes with a damp cloth and brush with a soft brush
afterwards. 50 ml tin.
black item no. 102390 £ 7.50 for 2 tins
brown item no. 105440 £ 7.50 for 2 tins
www.torquato.co.uk For Children
1 Children's Pea Coat
Like our pea coats for adults, these pea coats are made by Gloverall. The coats
also have special bronzed metal buttons instead of plastic buttons. The outer
material is made of 75% wool and 25% nylon and is wind-resistant thanks to
the natural wool fat and the thickness of the material.
4 y (104 EU) item no. 106133 £ 145.00
5 y (110 EU) item no. 106134 £ 145.00
6 y (116 EU) item no. 106135 £ 165.00
7–8 y (128 EU) item no. 106136 £ 165.00
9–10 y (140 EU) item no. 106137 £ 175.00
11–12 y (152 EU) item no. 106138 £ 175.00
13–14 y (164 EU) item no. 106139 £ 175.00
15–16 y (176 EU) item no. 106140 £ 195.00
2 Children's Fisherman Shirt
Up to size 3–4 y (104 EU) with easy-on poppers on the right shoulder.
100% jersey cotton.
Sizes 1.5–2 y (92 EU), 3–4 y (104 EU)
White / Blue item no. 900232
Blue / White item no. 900233
3 Children's Sailor Shirt
Children love wearing these loosely cut shirts made
from thick 100% cotton with V-neck. Wash at 40 °C
using non-bleach powder.
3 y ( 98 EU) item no. 102144 £ 20.90
4 y (104 EU) item no. 102145 £ 20.90
5 y (110 EU) item no. 102146 £ 20.90
6 y (116 EU) item no. 102147 £ 24.90
7 y (122 EU) item no. 102148 £ 24.90
8 y (128 EU) item no. 102149 £ 24.90
4 Hooded Pullover for Children
100% jersey cotton, like the fisherman shirts. Spacious
hood with cord tie-fastening, up to size 3–4 y (104 EU)
with button on the hood. Single-coloured cuffs. 2 side
pockets. Wash at 40 °C.
1.5–2 y (92 EU),
3–4 y (104 EU) item no. 900236 £ 29.90
5–6 y (116 EU), 7–8 y (128 EU),
9–10 y (140 EU)
1.5–2 y (92 EU),
item no. 900236 £ 34.90
3–4 y (104 EU) item no. 900238 £ 29.90
5–6 y (116 EU), 7–8 y (128 EU),
9–10 y (140 EU) item no. 900238 £ 34.90
5 Cotton Hats and Scarves
Children prefer these scarves and hats, made from
100% jersey cotton, to ones made from wool, because
they are guaranteed not to cause itchiness. Scarf 20 x
150 cm. Hats available in three sizes – 1 (for babies up
to 8 months), 2 (children up to ten years old) or
White/Blue Blue/White Blue/Red Price
Scarf 103834 103835 103836 £ 17.50
Hat size 1 103837 103838 103839 £ 12.50
Hat size 2 103840 103841 103842 £ 12.50
Hat size 3 103843 103844 103845 £ 12.50
100% printed cotton.
54 x 54 cm.
item no. 102150
Sizes 5–6 y (116 EU), 7–8 y (128 EU)
9–10 y (140 EU)
White / Blue item no. 900232
Blue / White item no. 900233
For the younger crew members.
Docksides for Children and Adolescents
This children's version of Sebago boater shoes has all
the features that have made the “big” Docksides a
popular classic: they can withstand long periods near
water and on the beach without any trouble. They are
stitched by hand like moccasins, their outer material
and inner sole are made of seawater-resistant leather
and they have an abrasion-resistant and non-slip rubber
sole with wave tread pattern – all this makes them
exceptionally robust and reliable. Tied with leather
laces that go through eyelets all around the shoe, which
also regulate the width. Condition with colourless
Sizes 8 (25 EU) – 3 (34 EU) item no. 900789 £ 69.00
Sizes 4 (35 EU) – 6 (37 EU) item no. 900789 £ 75.00
Sizes 8 (25 EU) – 3 (34 EU) item no. 900790 £ 69.00
Sizes 4 (35 EU) – 6 (37 EU) item no. 900790 £ 75.00
6 Children's Blue Overalls
These are the overalls that mechanics use to stop their
clothes from getting dirty. Since this can also be an issue
for children, we offer them in small sizes. Made from
robust, shrinkproof, 100% cotton twill. 2 trouser
pockets and 2 top pockets with zip, 1 rear pocket.
Washable at up to 90° C. Available in 1–2 y (86/92 EU),
3–4 y (98/104 EU), 5–6 y (110/116 EU), 7–8 y (122/128 EU),
9–10 y (134/140 EU), 11–12 y (146/152 EU), 13–14 y
(158/164 EU), 15–16 y (170/176 EU).
item no. 900516 £ 27.50
7 Children's Work Gloves
Children's hands need protection when working in the
garden or with crafts. These gloves are lined with a soft
fleece and the upper is made of breathable cotton
instead of leather.
Size 4 (3–6 years)
item no. 105299 £ 4.90
Size 6 (7–10 years)
item no. 105300 £ 4.90
Blundstone Chelsea Boots
for Children and Adolescents
Since 1870 Blundstone from Hobart in Tasmania has
been amongst the most important Australian manufacturers
of “no nonsense footwear”, as they say of
their own products at Blundstone. Chelsea boots
from Blundstone in Tasmania soles made of indelible,
anti-slip polyurethane with uppers made of robust
oiled cows’ leather make these the ideal shoes for
children and teenagers. On the boot leg there are
elastic inserts and two straps which make them easy
to put on and take off. Chestnut brown leather upper
with light brown decorative stitching, light brown
leather lining, strengthened heels and removable
insoles which can be washed at 30 °C.
3 Sizes 10 (28 EU) – 2.5 (35.5 EU)
Available in 10 (28 EU), 11 (29 EU), 12 (30.5 EU),
13 (31.5 EU), 1 (33 EU), 2 (34.5 EU), 3 (35.5 EU).
item no. 900742 £ 95.00
4 Sizes 3 (36 EU) – 6.5 (40 EU)
Available in 3.5 (36 EU), 4 (37 EU), 5 (38 EU), 6 (39 EU),
6.5 (40 EU).
item no. 900743 £ 135.00
5 Children's Zip-Up Jersey
Sailor’s jersey with zip-up neck. The neck can be worn
open or, in cold weather, zipped up, so the jersey
becomes a polo neck. This jersey is made from pure
new wool with a cotton lining, so it is comfortable to
wear on bare skin. From the Eichsfeld region of
Thuringia, where knitwear has been made since 1892.
Machine washable at 40 °C with wool detergent.
Available in 2–3 y (98 EU), 3–4 y (104 EU), 5–6 y
(116 EU), 7–8 y (128 EU), 9–10 y (140 EU).
item no. 900515 £ 64.90
Not scratchy: lambswool scarves and hats
Cosy hats made from 100% superfine lambswool from
the first shearing. They are very soft and not scratchy.
Lambswool Hat £ 20.90
8 navy item no. 106900 9 red item no. 106902
10 pink item no. 106903 11 light blue item no. 106901
Lambswool Scarf £ 25.90
12 natural/light blue/pink item no. 106905
13 red/navy/light blue item no. 106904
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline For Children
1 Children's Down Sleeping Bag, Blue
A small business established for three generations
on the corner of three forests produces
children’s textiles with strict quality standards
and controls. Filled with 100% original
Bohemian down, the lightest and most valuable
feathers. Fabric is 100% cotton woven in
Germany and ecologically certified. Press stud or
Velcro fastening. Washable to 40 °C.
70 cm Pink item no. 103220
Blue item no. 103223 £ 95.00
90 cm Pink item no. 103221
Blue item no. 103224 £ 115.00
110 cm Pink item no. 103222
Blue item no. 103225 £ 145.00
Classic Pyjamas and Nighties for Children
A small Bavarian firm has been producing textiles for children for three generations,
with the highest quality standards and checks.
All fabrics are made in Germany and are ecologically certified. Product development
takes place within the firm. Our pyjamas and nightshirts are available
in two versions, light cotton (55 g per square metre) with small Vichy check,
which is suitable for the warmer months, and a more fleecy winter cotton
(90 g per square metre) with large checks.
2-3 y (92/98 EU) 103202 103214 £ 59.90
4-5 y (104/110 EU) 103203 103215 £ 59.90
6-7 y (116/122 EU) 103204 103216 £ 59.90
8-9 y (128/134 EU) 103205 103217 £ 59.90
10 y (140 EU) 103206 103218 £ 69.90
11-12 y (152 EU)
103207 103219 £ 69.90
2-3 y (92/98 EU) 103196 103208 £ 59.90
4-5 y (104/110 EU) 103197 103209 £ 59.90
6-7 y (116/122 EU) 103198 103210 £ 59.90
8-9 y (128/134 EU) 103199 103211 £ 59.90
10 y (140 EU) 103200 103212 £ 69.90
11-12 y (152 EU)
103201 103213 £ 69.90
2-3 y (92/98 EU) 103184 103190 £ 59.90
4-5 y (104/110 EU) 103185 103191 £ 59.90
6-7 y (116/122 EU) 103186 103192 £ 59.90
8-9 y (128/134 EU) 103187 103193 £ 59.90
10 y (140 EU) 103188 103194 £ 69.90
11-12 y (152 EU) 103189 103195 £ 69.90
2 From Austria: Steiner Baby and Children Blankets
These blankets made from very fine Merino wool are particularly suitable for
babies and children because they do not scratch. Finished in blanket stitch.
Baby Blanket 100 x 75 cm item no. 103059 £ 59.90
Children Blanket 150 x 100 cm item no. 103061 £ 69.90
3 Steiner Kids' Hot-Water Bottle
Cover is 100% Merino wool, 30 x 20cm. With quality hot-water bottle in natural
rubber by Fashy.
item no. 103064 £ 28.90
7 Child's Foot Measuring Device
One problem when fitting children’s shoes is
that the child cannot reliably tell you whether
the shoe fits properly and it is impossible for the
adult to know by feeling the foot in the shoe. To
avoid growth problems with children’s feet and
make sure they have enough space, it is important
to buy exactly the right size shoes. This slide
caliper will help you do just that by measuring
the length of the child’s foot and calculating the
correct size for the inside of the shoe, taking
account of the space the toes need when walking,
room for growth, and minimum height
needed at the toe end of the shoe to avoid pressure
on the big toe. For shoe sizes from 14 to 37
(insert for sizes 30–37, not shown). At 14 x
3.5 cm, the caliper will fit comfortably into a
purse, so it is easy to take with you when you go
to buy shoes.
item no. 101333 £ 9.95
1 Waffle Weave Bathrobe
Children's waffle weave bathrobe with a lined hood
and terry cotton inner lining. With two pockets and a
belt. 100% cotton. Available for 2-3 y (92/98 EU), 4-5 y
(104/110 EU), 6-7 y (116/122 EU), 8-9 y (128/134 EU),
10 y (140 EU), 11-12 y (152 EU), 13-14 y (164 EU),
15-16 y (176 EU).
item no. 900803 £ 69.00
2 Royal Twill Bathrobe
Children's bathrobe made of light blue royal twill
(a fine herringbone shirt material) with a terry cotton
lining and white piping. With two pockets and a belt.
100% cotton. Available for 2-3 y (92/98 EU), 4-5 y
(104/110 EU), 6-7 y (116/122 EU), 8-9 y (128/134 EU),
10 y (140 EU), 11-12 y (152 EU), 13-14 y (164 EU),
15-16 y (176 EU).
Sizes 92/98 – 128/134 item no. 900804 £ 69.00
Sizes 140 – 176 item no. 900804 £ 79.00
3 Tartan Pyjamas
Children's pyjamas made of cosy cotton flannel (so-called winter cotton) with a red, white and green tartan
and red piping. Jacket has 3 pockets. 100% cotton. Available for 2-3 y (92/98 EU), 4-5 y (104/110 EU), 6-7 y (116/122
EU), 8-9 y (128/134 EU), 10 y (140 EU), 11-12 y (152 EU), 13-14 y (164 EU), 15-16 y (176 EU).
Sizes 92/98 – 128/134 item no. 900805 £ 69.00
Sizes 140 – 176 item no. 900805 £ 79.00
4 Blue Royal Twill Pyjamas
Children's pyjamas made of first-class royal twill with white piping. Jacket has 3 pockets. 100% cotton. Available
for 2-3 y (92/98 EU), 4-5 y (104/110 EU), 6-7 y (116/122 EU), 8-9 y (128/134 EU), 10 y (140 EU), 11-12 y (152 EU),
13-14 y (164 EU), 15-16 y (176 EU).
Sizes 92/98 – 128/134 item no. 900806 £ 69.00
Sizes 140 – 176 item no. 900806 £ 79.00
Bathrobes (5) and Hooded Bath Towel (6)
Bathrobes and towels have a hood and the buttons of
the dressing gown are decorated with Vichy check.
The towels are large enough to be used for older
children, not just babies.
Bath Towel with Hood, 100 x 100 cm, blue.
item no. 103226 £ 29.90
Bath Towel with Hood, 100 x 100 cm, pink.
item no. 103227 £ 29.90
Size Blue Pink Price
item no. item no.
2-3 y (92/98 EU) 103228 103234 £ 48.90
4-5 y (104/110 EU) 103229 103235 £ 48.90
6-7 y (116/122 EU) 103230 103236 £ 48.90
8-9 y (128/134 EU) 103231 103237 £ 48.90
10 y (140 EU) 103232 103238 £ 59.90
11-12 y (152 EU) 103233 103239 £ 59.90
8 Wooden Bath Thermometer
Made from oiled beech wood. Floats on the water. Maximum temperature +50°C.
Filled with ethanol. Length 25cm.
item no. 105931 £ 9.80
9 Large Children's Bib
A really large, well-designed bib to stop food ending up in the wrong place! Made
from absorbent towelling, so liquids will not run off and at the end of the meal you
can use it to wipe the child’s mouth. Washable up to 95 °C. 100% cotton. Width 32 cm,
length 42 cm.
item no. 104550 £ 7.80
www.torquato.co.uk For Children
A small family business in the Eifel has been making
wooden children’s room decorations for more than
70 years. All items are made of high-quality birch
plywood, beech or pine and decorated with waterbased
Children’s Coat Racks and Coat Hangers
These children’s coat racks have a matching hanger for
each of the 5 pegs. Rack mount and pegs are made
from solid wood. Width of the racks 50 cm. Width of
the coat hangers 34 cm.
1 6 Coat Hangers
6 Coat Hangers
item no. 101015 £ 28.50
"Farmyard" (not shown) item no. 101014 £ 28.50
2 Child’s Coat Rack
"Wild Animals" item no. 101011 £ 23.50
2 Child’s Coat Rack
"Farmyard" item no. 101010 £ 23.50
3 Child’s Coat Rack
"Knights" item no. 103797 £ 23.50
Made from plywood. They can be fixed to the wall with
two nails or screws. Use a pencil to record the children’s
height and the corresponding date. Length 96 cm,
width 9.5 cm.
Measuring Stick item no. 101012 £ 23.50
5 "Wild Animals"
Measuring Stick item no. 101013 £ 23.50
6 Singing Clock Farmyard yellow
Every hour on the hour this clock makes the sound of a
countryside animal. With this clock, children who do
not know how to tell the time or understand its significance
will soon take an interest in it. They will wait to
hear the noise of a particular animal and ask how long
it is until it's the cow's turn. Before very long, they will
know that bedtime comes shortly before the cat. As a
result, they will learn to tell the time much more quickly.
A light-sensitive cell ensures the clock does not make
any noise when it is dark. Animal noises recorded from
real country animals. On/off switch for the sound requires
3 x AA batteries (not included), Ø 34 cm, wall mounting,
weight 850 g.
With plastic clock casing
item no. 102594 £ 45.90
With wooden clock casing
item no. 103107 £ 54.90
7 Milk Teeth +
Hair Lock Box Set
Two screwtop wooden
containers. Ø 3.5 cm and
item no. 104481
These silhouette stickers in the shape of animals has a slate-like layer made from
roughened vinyl, which means you can write on it with chalk. For the wall,
bedrooms, cupboard or fridge door. A3 size.
10 Slate Sticker pig item no. 105141 £ 19.50
11 Slate Sticker cockerel item no. 105140 £ 19.50
12 Slate Sticker tortoise item no. 105142 £ 19.50
8 Kent Baby Hairbrush
With extra-soft, pale, natural bristles to protect
the delicate scalp of small children. Lemonwood
handle. Length 18.5 cm.
item no. 103001 £ 26.00
9 Sevi Toothbrush Holder Clown
The little clown is a motivator for teeth cleaning
and the integrated sand timer ensures thorough
care. Height 11.5 cm, width 12 cm. The manufacturer,
Sevi, was founded in 1831 in Grödnertal,
one of the most scenic valleys in the
Dolomite Mountains, where there is a long tradition
of woodworking. Even today the products
are finished and painted by hand. The colours
used are based on organic pigments and so are
safe even for little children. All Sevi products are
subject to continual testing to satisfy the EU toy
item no. 104667 £ 19.95
item no. 105046 £ 19.95
1 Loom Chair for Children
An armchair for children woven from rattan and in the shape of a classic loom
chair, extremely popular in the 1930s in hotel foyers, restaurants throughout
Europe and passenger ships. Its low weight coupled with high stability makes
the armchair ideal for use in children’s rooms. Painted putty-grey. Seat height
29 cm, seat width 27.5 cm. Height 52 cm, width 41 cm, depth 39 cm, weight
1.7 kg. Maximum load 30 kg.
item no. 106962 £ 79.90
Origami wall lamps for nurseries
Original wall lamp in the shape of animals, made in Italy and inspired by the
refined Japanese art of paper folding, origami. Switch located on cable. The
lamp does not heat up when on, contains no sharp edges and no small parts
which could be choked on. Made of robust and flexible polypropylene. Lamp
socket, cable, bulb and assembly instructions included.
2 Elk Wall Lamp in the shape of an elk's head with antlers. Lamp socket,
cable, bulb and assembly instructions included. E14 bulb, max. 40 W. Height
49 cm, width 63 cm, depth 24 cm.
item no. 105843 £ 49.90
5 Cardboard Play Castle
A castle with towers, battlements, a large gate
and windows. The four folding templates for
the castle are made from sturdy white corrugated
cardboard and just clip together. The
openings are pre-cut, the folding lines prescored.
The interior of the castle is printed with
a fireplace, a throne, candle holders, paintings,
coats of arms and halbards - just waiting to be
coloured in. Includes instructions for construction.
Fully constructed castle measurements:
Base area 90 cm x 90 cm, height 134 cm, height
of inside space 116 cm.
item no. 105148 £ 45.00
6 Cardboard Rocking Chair
Construction set in white corrugated cardboard.
Several pieces of pre-scored cardboard
are put together to build a rocking chair, which
can then be painted. Includes instructions for
construction. Height 78 cm, width 35 cm,
length 73 cm. Holds up to 40 kg.
item no. 105149 £ 29.00
7 To make a child's eyes light up: Happy Birthday Train
This wooden train with locomotive and seven carriages
can carry up to seven candles and one number – the age
of the birthday child. If the parents want to add to the
drama, they can match the number of lighted candles
or the number of carriages to the age of the child.
Comes with numbers 1 to 6.
item no. 104060 £ 12.90
Birthday Train extra numbers 7–10 (not shown)
item no. 104061 £ 4.00
8 Birthday Parade
Giraffe, crocodile, bear, dromedary, zebra, rhino and
goat follow the elephant and can hold up to six candles
and one number. It’s left to the parents’ imagination
whether they want the number of the candles and/or
the number of animals to match the age of the child.
Includes the numbers 1 to 6. We also stock a supplementary
set with the additional numbers 7 to 10.
item no. 106887 £ 16.90
3 Fish Ceiling Lamp in the shape of a fish with clearly visible scales and fins. Lamp
socket, cable, bulb and assembly instructions included. Includes canopy for ceiling
connection. E27 bulb, max. 60 W. Height 37 cm, width 23 cm, length 47 cm.
item no. 105845 £ 44.90
4 Elephant Wall Lamp in the shape of an elephant with large ears and trunk. Lamp
socket, cable, bulb and assembly instructions included. Compact fluorescent tube
G23, 5–7 W. Height 25 cm, width 27 cm, depth 27 cm.
item no. 105844 £ 54.90
0872 – 18 40 022
Order Hotline Toys
1 Block and Tackle Kit
Lift heavy objects with ease using a block and tackle.
Everyone has heard of it, but not many people know
how a block and tackle really works. This explorer set
allows you to build several different block and tackle
applications and try them out. It’s incredible what a few
pulleys and a piece of string can do if you put your mind
to it. The important thing isn’t how strong you are but
how intelligently you apply your strength. Explorer set
for children 10 years and over, box 15.7 x 11.7 x 4.6 cm,
weight 330 g.
item no. 101764 £ 22.50
Basket Rope Run
Can be used for transporting small dolls or play figures,
or else for messages or sweet treats. The basket rope run
circulates between its ports of call like a chair lift and the
two clamps are used to attach it to tables, shelves or the
like. The woven baskets hang firmly on the rope and can
be moved round the loop from either end. Using extra
pulleys and supports, its path can be extended to go
round corners or to get past “mountains” or “valleys”.
Construction from 9 years, play from 4.
2 Rope Run Construction Set
Box 23.6 x 11.8 x 8.1 cm, weight 590 g, with 2 baskets and 10 m rope.
item no. 101761 £ 19.90
3 Pillar for Basket Rope Run
Size 20 cm, weight 340 g,
item no. 101763 £ 19.00
7 Child's Printing Press
The stamp set means text stamps can be designed in
line with a child's own imagination and continuously
changed. The printing press contains a letter case for
sorting the type. Interaction with the letters promotes
reading ability in primary school-age children.
1 inkpad, approx. 180 vulcanised quality rubber type
pieces, 4 one-line type holders (clip together for
multi-line stamps). Awarded with the “good play”
award. From 6 years.
item no. 105302 £ 15.90
4 Extra Redirection Pulley
Size 20 cm, weight 240 g,
with 5 m rope and clamp.
item no. 101762 £ 12.90
5 Writing Paper for Children
Set of 8 pages of A5 writing paper and B6 envelopes
with ribbed texture like laid paper. £ 5.90
Writing Paper, Animals item no. 106829
Frames from exotic and local animals on cream-white
paper, ecru coloured envelopes.
Writing Paper, Angels item no. 106830
Cream white paper with angels in different figures,
6 Clamp Flower Press
This robust flower press made of beech and birch wood
operates with a centralised spindle, ensuring even pressure.
The large handle makes it easy to use, particularly
when compared to simpler models with four wing nuts.
Pressing area 18 x 18 cm. Height 22 cm. Comes with
5 cardboard separators and 10 leaves of absorbent
paper. Not suitable for children under 3 years.
item no. 103548 £ 29.90
8 Stamp Set “A-B-Seas”
For children learning to read and write as an added
incentive. Each letter has its own stamp in an expressive
serif font, with a lathe-turned wooden handle; numbers
and punctuation marks are also included. Comes in an
attractive elasticated box with lid and 42 individual
compartments for the stamps and the stamp pad.
item no. 102643 £ 19.95
7 8 9
9 Boat-In-A-Bottle Kit
Building ships in a bottle is a traditional sailor’s
craft from the past. When becalmed or in port,
seamen used to pass the time by making small
models of sailing ships, worked through the neck
of a bottle. The idea has not lost any of its fascination.
The kit comes with instructions and all
item no. 102642 £ 11.95
1 Plush Rocking Horse
The rails are bent by steam. The solid body is made of juteskin stretched over
boards; it is filled with wood shavings and sealed with wood glue. Head and
legs are made of solid wood and painted. The plush cover is sewn, glued and
tacked on. Tail and mane made from long hair plush. Width 30 cm, length 95
cm, height 70 cm. Height of saddle 52 cm. Weight 8 kg.
item no. 101688 £ 175.00
2 Hide Rocking Horse
The construction is the same as for the plush rocking horse, but this product is
made to the most exacting standards and exclusively from natural materials.
The coat is made from cow or calf leather, and its naturally attractive appearance
is complemented by the tail and mane, made of horse or goathair. Bridle
and saddle are leather and the saddle is covered with felt. Can be used for
rocking or removed from the rails and pulled along on its rubber wheels. This
marvellous product is made by one small Bavarian firm, now the only manufacturer
worldwide. Width 40 cm, length 120 cm, height 90 cm. Height of
saddle 65 cm. Weight 15 kg. As this product is made from genuine hide, the
pattern is beyond our control.
item no. 101689 £ 795.00
5 Historical School Desk
This beautiful piece of furniture is built new following the construction of old
models. The desktop lifts up and is at a sloping angle to make writing easier
and improve posture. The bench is fixed to the desk – so tilting is out of the
question. A large compartment under the desktop provides lots of storage
space. Milled indentations for a pencil groove and removable ceramic inkpot.
In stained beech wood. Height 65 cm, width 60 cm, depth 75 cm, bench height
32 cm, weight 14.5kg.
item no. 105146 £ 285.00
6 Rocking Horse
Made of 40 mm thick alder wood treated with
linseed oil. Length 85 cm, seat height 35 cm,
weight 4.4 kg. From a workshop in Bavaria.
item no. 101009 £ 169.90
7 Wood Building Blocks Noblesse
Traditional building blocks in a 19th century design,
including classical style parts and window blocks with
coloured plastic for glass. From a small firm in
Blumenau in the Erz mountains where wooden building
blocks have been made for the last 150 years. 82 parts.
28.5 x 19.8 x 4.7 cm. Weight 1.6 kg.
item no. 103784 £ 29.50
3 Basketware Doll's Pram
The entire body of the pram is basketware. Base, handle and wheels are made of
wood. Length 50 cm, width 38 cm, height 60 cm. Weight 3 kg.
item no. 101028 £ 69.00
4 Wooden Doll's Pram
A great way to help babies from around 10 months and above when they are learning
to walk. Comes with check cushion, blanket and mattress, made from laminated
wood. Rubber wheels with metal rims. Height 34 cm, width 34 cm, length 53 cm.
Weight 3.3 kg.
item no. 101027 £ 109.00
8 20 Classic Marble Games
For thousands of years children the world over have
played with marbles. In the middle of the nineteenth
century, a German glassblower succeeded in making
the manufacture of marbles much simpler, using a
tool he invented. After this, glass marbles quickly
became very common. Approximately 50 marbles and
1 die in a cloth bag, board with 7 arched holes for the
“bridge game”, booklet with instructions for a total
of 20 marble games.
item no. 102082 £ 19.95
www.torquato.co.uk Terms & Conditions
§1 Pricing Information
All specified prices in this selection are in
pounds sterling and inclusive of the applicable
VAT rate of 17.5%. However, we cannot be held
responsible for any errors made in connection
with the prices specified.
Where items are shipped to addresses outside
the EU, the invoice amount does not include
VAT. The VAT rate applicable in the UK will
apply to all shipments within the EU. Any
import duties are to be borne by the customer.
As import duty rates are beyond our control, we
are unable to provide information on the current
§ 2 Delivery
Delivery of items will be undertaken by Royal
Mail within 5 to 8 working days, provided that
the ordered items are in stock. Please bear in
mind that our products are not mass-produced
and that in exceptional cases delivery periods
may therefore be longer. In case of a supply
shortage we will keep you informed with
regard to the delivery date of the product.
In case of a delay in the supply of particular
products, we reserve the right to make partial
Standard deliveries: 4.95 GBP for deliveries in
the UK. Delivery within 5 to 8 working days.
Express deliveries: 9.95 GBP for deliveries in the
UK. Delivery within 4 working days.
Overseas and non-mainland UK: Delivery costs
will be charged as incurred.
§ 3 Furniture
Shipment costs for furniture will be charged on
an individual basis as incurred. We will inform
you about the expected costs upon receipt of
§ 4 Payment
You will receive an invoice together with the
items you have ordered. All transactions are
made in pounds sterling. By credit card:
Torquato accepts the following credit cards:
American Express, Diners Club, Eurocard/
Mastercard and VISA.
Payment in advance: simply pay the invoice
amount in advance by bank transfer into our
account. The goods will be delivered upon
receipt of payment.
§ 5 Order Cancellation
You have the right to cancel your order
with Torquato within 30 days without stating
We will return any payments you may already
have made to Torquato immediately.
§ 6 Return of Goods
You are entitled to return the items within
14 days after delivery. The goods must be in the
same condition as when they were delivered to
you. You are under an obligation to ensure that
the items will not be damaged in transit, even if
the goods were damaged or defective when
they were delivered. Please use the form which
is attached to the enclosed invoice for returning
goods. Please return goods to the following
TORQUATO CUSTOMER RETURNS
Logistics Warehouse, Bay 28
Hellmann Worldwide Logistics Limited
Kuhlmann House, Lancaster Way
Fradley Park, Lichfield
Staffs. WS13 8SX
In order to avoid any additional risks, please
return the delivery by registered mail.
You can have your ordered items sent to any
address. This is particularly useful if the item is a
present that you’re not able to give personally or
if it’s too difficult to transport. The invoice is, of
course, sent to you! If you wish, we can gift wrap
your order or enclose a greeting card.
Per gift wrap £ 3.00
Per greeting card £ 3.00
If the items from an order are to be gift-wrapped
separately, please enter this on the order
form. There is a charge of £ 3.00 per separately
We will immediately refund any credit
you may have with Torquato as a result of
the return of goods by crediting your credit
card (in case you have paid by credit
card) or by bank transfer to your bank
account (in case you have paid in advance
by bank transfer). It is also possible to
have your customer account credited in
case you wish to make further purchases
at Torquato. In case, contrary to our
expectations, the goods do not live up to
your expectations, please let us know. We
are committed to a customer-oriented
business policy and try to satisfy our
customers, even after the deadline for
returning the goods has expired. Please
do not hesitate to contact us.
Torquato will use your personal data to
process your order and, where necessary,
may make data available to third parties
such as delivery agents. Torquato may use
your data for advertising purposes and
may pass on information in the form of
address data lists for its own marketing
purposes or those of partner companies.
You have the right to object to the circulation
of your data at any time.
§ 8 Miscellaneous
All our offers are subject to change. In
order to make your purchase decision as
easy as possible, we provide as much
accurate product information and as
many detailed illustrations as possible.
However, we reserve the right to deliver
goods which may deviate slightly from
the illustrations or specifications.
Am Spakenberg 45
Phone +49 (0) 4152/801 405
Fax +49 (0) 4152/801 555
Monday to Friday
from 8 am - 5 pm
0872 - 18 40 022
Christian Geisler, Wohltorf
How to reach us
How do you place an order?
Our customer care team will be pleased to receive your orders from Monday to Friday between
8.00 a.m. and 5.00 p.m. on 0872-1840 022. (£ 0.10/min.)
Our fax order form is enclosed (alternatively, you can request one). You can also download the
fax order form from www.torquato.co.uk. Please send your fax order to: +49 4152 801 555
Simply send your order to: firstname.lastname@example.org
Please visit our website and use the online order form at www.torquato.co.uk
Leuchtturm Albenverlag, Geesthacht
Mohndruck GmbH, Gütersloh
How to contact us:
Am Spakenberg 45
Tel. +49 (0) 4152/801 400
Fax +49 (0) 4152/801 555
All products listed in this catalogue are available
along with many more from our online
shop, which features additional descriptions.
Why not pay us a visit? We’re open 24/7.
Simply enter the article number in the search
Mon–Fri 8.00 a.m.–5.00 p.m.
Am Spakenberg 45
Tel. +49 (0) 4152/801 400
Fax +49 (0) 4152/801 555